Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Plans (2)
RECEIVED ALBERTA RIDER MAY 12013 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CITY OF TTGARD BUILDING DIVISION BUILDING ENVELOPE REHABILITATION PROJECT J H aoo Z aN reM 2 0 Z W z J 0 � � OC p0 aU- PREPARED FOR Tigard-Tualatin School District c/o Nancy Hubbard 6960 SW Sandburg St. Tigard, Oregon 97223 City of Tigard Ap• ••, e• Plans PROJECT ADDRESS 14850 SW 132nd Terrace By ter Date r3 Tigard, Oregon 97224 1k* t 12 ;t PROJECT NUMBER 12-283 ISSUE DATE: 03/25/2013 OFFICE COPY REVISION DATE(S) PREPARED b BUILDING c <INSULTA N 1 S 1200 NW NAITO PARKWAY.SUITE 100 PORTLAND.OR 97209 vrww torensicb uild ing com ADDENDUM 2 - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.01 DIVISION 00-- PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS A. 00 01 10 - Table of Contents B. 00 21 13 - Instructions to Bidders C. 00 41 00 - Bid Form D. 00 63 25 - Substitution Request Form 2.01 DIVISION 01 -- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. 01 00 00 - General Requirements B. 01 10 00 - Summary of Work C. 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures D. 01 23 00 -Alternates E. 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures F. 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements G. 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements H. 01 42 00— References I. 01 50 00 -Temporary Facilities and Controls J. 01 60 00 - Product Requirements K. 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements L. 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching M. 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal N. 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals 2.02 DIVISION 02-- EXISTING CONDITIONS A. 02 41 19 - Selective Structure Demolition 2.03 DIVISION 03—CONCRETE A. 03 30 00 - Concrete 2.04 DIVISION 04— NOT USED 2.05 DIVISION 05— METALS A. 05 40 00— Cold Formed Metal Framing 2.06 DIVISION 06 --WOOD, PLASTICS,AND COMPOSITES A. 06 16 43 - Gypsum Sheathing FBC TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 02 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2.07 DIVISION 07 -- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION A. 07 21 00 -Thermal Insulation B. 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers C. 07 41 20 - Metal Panel Siding D. 07 46 46 - Fiber-Cement Siding E. 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim F. 07 65 00 - Flexible Flashing H. 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants 2.08 DIVISION 08 -- OPENINGS A. 08 41 00 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts B. 08 51 13 - Aluminum Windows 2.09 DIVISION 09 -- FINISHES A. 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating EXHIBIT A. A107 Contract DIVISIONS 10-25, 27-33 NOT USED END OF SECTION 00 01 10 FBC TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 2 SECTION 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUMMARY 1.01 DOCUMENT INCLUDES A. Bid Documents and Contract Documents 1. Definitions 2. Contract Documents Identification 3. Availability 4. Examination 5. Inquiries/Addenda 6. Product/Assembly/System Substitutions B. Site Assessment 1. Site Examination 2. Pre-Bid Conference C. Qualifications 1. Qualifications 2. Subcontractors/Suppliers/Others D. Bid Submission 1. Submission Procedure 2. Bid Ineligibility E. Bid Enclosures/Requirements 1. Bid Form Requirements 2. Project Labor Rates 3. Fees For Changes in The Work 4. Selection and Award of Alternates F. Offer Acceptance/Rejection 1. Duration of Offer 2. Acceptance of Offer 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 41 00 - Bid Form B. Section 01 25 00—Substitution Procedures INVITATION 2.01 BID DATE,TIME AND SUMMARY A. Bid proposals will be received until April 25, 2013 no later than 2:00 PM Pacific Standard Time. B. Late or incomplete bid submissions will be deemed non-responsive, and will only be accepted and/or opened at the Owner's discretion. C. Bid Schedule is as follows: Questions/Clarifications submitted to Forensic by April 18, 2013, 12:00 PM, Pacific Standard Time. 2.02 INTENT A. The intent of this Bid request is to obtain an offer to perform work identified in the Contract Documents for Alberta Rider Elementary School, 14850 SW 132nd Terrace,Tigard, OR 97224. B. Bids shall be provided as a Stipulated Sum, in accordance with the Contract Documents. FBC INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2.03 WORK IDENTIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this proposed Contract comprises the removal and replacement of exterior cladding and building components, including general construction Work, as defined in the Drawings and Specifications. 2.04 CONTRACT TIME A. Contractor will perform the work as referenced in the Contract, AIA 107 -Standard Agreement between Owner and Contractor. Bidder may suggest a revision to the Contract Time with a specific adjustment to the bid amount. B. The completion date in the Agreement shall be the Contract Time added to the commencement date. C. Owner requires that the work under the Contract to be completed as quickly as possible and consideration will be given to the time of completion when reviewing the submitted bids. BID DOCUMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.01 DEFINITIONS A. Contract Documents: The Contract Documents proposed for the Work consist of: 1. Owner-Contractor Agreement AIA Form A 107. 2. Conditions of the Contract. 3. Alberta Rider Elementary School Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project Manual: a. Specifications b. Drawings and Details 4. Bid Form - including First Tier Disclosures. 5. Appendices. 6. Exhibits and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. B. Addenda: Written or graphic instruments issued by the Building Envelope Consultant prior to the execution of the Contract, which modify or interpret the Bid Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. C. Bid, Offer, or Bidding: Complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work specified or a designated portion thereof for the sums stipulated therein; submitted in accordance with the Bid Documents. D. Bid Amount: See 'Stipulated Sum'. E. Bidder: Person or entity that submits a Bid to do the Work specified. F. Stipulated Sum: Sum stated on the Bid Form for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bid Documents. 3.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IDENTIFICATION A. The Contract Documents are identified as Alberta Rider Elementary (Project Number 12-283), as prepared by Building Envelope Consultant who is located at 1200 NW Naito Parkway, Suite 100, Portland, OR 97209, and with contents as identified in the Table of Contents. 3.03 AVAILABILITY A. Bid Documents may be obtained at the office of Precision Images. B. Bid Documents are made available only to invited, pre-qualified Contractors for the express purpose of obtaining offers for this project. FBC INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project C. The specifications, drawings, and details contained within the Bid Documents remain the intellectual property of Forensic Building Consultants 1. The availability and use of the Bid Documents grants no license, expressed or implied, for any other purposes. 3.04 EXAMINATION A. Upon receipt of Bid Documents, verify that documents are complete. Notify Building Envelope Consultant should the documents be incomplete. Building Envelope Consultant assumes no responsibility for errors, omissions, or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bid Documents. B. Immediately notify Building Envelope Consultant in writing upon finding ambiguities, discrepancies or omissions upon examination of the Bid Documents, Project site, or local conditions. 3.05 INQUIRIES/ADDENDA A. Direct questions to Forensic Building Consultants: 1. Contact: Andrew Harmon 2. Telephone: 503-772-1114 3. E-mail: andrewh@forensicbuilding.com B. Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All Addenda become part of the Contract Documents. Include resultant costs in the Bid Amount. 1. Addenda shall be issued electronically only.The bidder is required to acknowledge receipt of Addenda with return email or read receipt. 2. Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda on Bid Form. C. Verbal answers are not binding on any party. D. Clarifications requested by bidders must be in writing by April 18, 2013, 12:00 PM, PST. 1. The reply will be in the form of an Addendum, a copy of which will be provided to: Precision Images, 900 SE Sandy Boulevard, Portland Oregon, 97214; (503) 274-2030; Attn: Erica Ryon. 2. All Addenda will be issued by April 19, 2013. 3.06 PRODUCT/ASSEMBLY/SYSTEM SUBSTITUTIONS A. Proposed Substitutions shall be priced as Alternates and added to the Bid Form. Attach additional sheets and information if necessary. B. Contractor shall submit all proposed product substitutions with form 00 63 25 - Substitution Request Form. C. Refer to Section 01 25 00 for complete requirements SITE ASSESSMENT 4.01 SITE EXAMINATION A. Examine the project site before submitting a bid. 4.02 PRE-BID CONFERENCE A. A mandatory bidders conference has been scheduled for 3:30 PM on March 12, 2013 at the Project site. FBC INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Meeting location will be at 14850 SW 132"d Terrace,Tigard, OR 97224 (see site plan). B. Each General Contractor is requested to limit attendance at the pre-bid conference to two (2) individuals. Additional attendees may be asked to leave if group size hinders site access and effectiveness of pre-bid conference. QUALIFICATIONS 5.01 SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS/OTHERS A. Owner reserves the right to reject a proposed subcontractor for reasonable cause, including those who have worked on the original construction of the Project. BID SUBMISSION 6.01 SUBMISSION PROCEDURE A. Prior to the bid due date and time, deliver the following documents by email or in person to the attention of:Tigard-Tualatin School District, 6960 SW Sandburg Street,Tigard, OR 97223:Attn: Nancy Hubbard. 1. Bid Form. 2. An original copy Certificate of Liability Insurance showing proof of General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers' Compensation, etc. B. All documents must be signed in ink, and submitted in a sealed envelope labeled with the Project name and Contractor name. 6.02 BID INELIGIBILITY A. Bids that are late, unsigned, improperly signed or sealed, conditional, illegible, obscure, contain arithmetical errors, erasures, alterations, or irregularities of any kind, may at the discretion of the Owner, be declared unacceptable. B. Bid Forms, Appendices, and enclosures that are improperly prepared may, at the discretion of Owner, be declared unacceptable. BID ENCLOSURES/REQUIREMENTS 7.01 BID FORM REQUIREMENTS A. Complete all requested information in the Bid Form and Appendices. Refer to Section 00 41 00 - Bid Form. B. Make bids only using Bid Form provided; Bid Forms shall be properly signed and with all items filled out. C. Do not change the wording of the Bid Form, unless directed to do so in an Addendum. 7.02 PROJECT LABOR RATES A. This project is subject to State of Oregon Prevailing Wages requirements. 7.03 FEES FOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Refer to the Contract, (AIA Form A107), Article 13 "Changes in the Work". FBC INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 7.04 SELECTION AND AWARD OF ALTERNATES A. Indicate total variation of bid price for alternates listed on the Bid Form. Unless otherwise indicated, indicate alternates as a difference in bid price by adding to or deducting from the base bid price. B. Bids will be evaluated on the total of the base bid price and all of the alternates. After determination of the successful bidder, consideration will be given to which alternates will be included in the Work. 1. Alternates may be added to or deducted from the base bid price if the Owner decides to accept the alternate pricing and incorporate it into the Contract. C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. OFFER ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION 8.01 DURATION OF OFFER A. Bids shall remain open to acceptance and shall be irrevocable for a period of ninety(90) days after the bid closing date. 8.02 ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER A. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all offers. B. After acceptance by Owner, Owner will issue to the successful bidder, a written letter of Contract Award or a Notice of Intent to Proceed. END OF SECTION 00 21 13 FBC INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 5 BID RESPONSE FORM For ALBERTA RIDER ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TARGETED BUILDING ENVELOPE REHABILITATION PROJECT 14850 SW 132ND TERRANCE TIGARD, OREGON 97224 Bid Form Date: March 26th, 2013 BID TO: TIGARD-TUALATIN SCHOOL DISTRICT C/o NANCY T. HUBBARD 6960 SW Sandburg Street Tigard, OR 97223 (503) 819-7505 BID FROM: (Name of Firm Submitting Bid) (Name of Authorized Agent of Firm) (Firm Address) (City) (State) (Zip Code) (Telephone Number) (Date Bid Submitted) Note: All portions of this Bid Form must be completed and signed before the Bid is submitted. Failure to do so will result in the Bid being rejected as non-responsive. FBC BID FORM 00 04 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary(12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.0 BASE BID For the Base Bid, as defined in the Project Manual and Drawings, the LUMP SUM amounts are as follows: 1.1 AREA A: Exterior Siding Replacement and Storefront Rehabilitation DOLLARS($ - ) Estimated Exterior Siding Square Footage: Estimated Quantity Storefront Assemblies: 1.2 AREA B: Exterior Siding Replacement and Storefront Rehabilitation DOLLARS($ Estimated Exterior Siding Square Footage: Estimated Quantity Storefront Assemblies: 2.0 ALTERNATE BID The Undersigned proposes to perform the work as defined in Project Manual for the following LUMP SUM to be added to the Base Bid: 2.1 ALTERNATE 1: Concrete Stair and Walkway DOLLARS($ FBC BID FORM 00 04 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3.0 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS Bidder, represents that a) it has the appropriate active Oregon's license required by the State of Oregon; b) it has carefully read and examined the Bidding Documents for the proposed Work on this Project; c) it has examined the site of the proposed Work and all Information Available to Bidders; d) it has become familiar with all the conditions related to the proposed Work, including the availability of labor, materials, and equipment. Bidder hereby offers to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and services necessary to complete the proposed Work on this Project in accordance with the Project Manual and Drawings and Contract Documents for the sums quoted. Bidder further agrees that it will not withdraw its Bid within 90 days after the Bid Deadline, and that, if it is selected as the apparent lowest responsive and responsible Bidder, that it will, within 10 days after receipt of notice of selection, sign and deliver to School District the Agreement in triplicate and furnish to the School District all items required by the Bidding Documents. If awarded the Contract, Bidder agrees to complete the proposed Work within sixty-four (64) calendar days after the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed. 4.0 TIME OF COMPLETION The Undersigned agrees to complete the work within the number of calendar days as stipulated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement (AIA A107-2007) and the Instructions to Bidders. The Schedule below contains certain specific dates. These dates shall be adhered to and are the last acceptable dates, unless modified by mutual agreement between Contractor and the Owner. All dates indicated at midnight, unless otherwise stipulated. Date of Commencement: June 13th, 2013 Date of Substantial Completion: August 15th, 2013 5.0 SELECTION OF APPARENT LOW BIDDER To determine the low Bidder, the School District will calculate for each bidder an amount, which will equal the sum of the Lump Sum Base Bid (Item 1. And 1.2 above) plus the amount of the Alternate(s) selected (Item 2.1). The Contract will then be awarded to the Bidder submitting the lowest amount so calculated (if applicable), or else all bids will be rejected. The Contract Sum will be the sum of the Lump Sum Base Bid and each accepted Alternate. 6.0 ADDENDA Bidder acknowledges that it is Bidder's responsibility to ascertain whether any Addenda have been issued and if so, to obtain copies of such Addenda from the School District at the appropriate address stated "Instructions to Bidders", Part 3.05; D (1). Bidder therefore agrees to be bound by all Addenda that have been issued for this Bid. FBC BID FORM 00 04 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project Receipt of the following Addenda to the Contract Documents is acknowledged: Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date 7.0 LEGAL STATUS OF BIDDER INFORMATION (Signature of Bidder) By (Printed Name) (Title) (Legal name of person, firm or corporation) (Business Address) (City, State, Zip) (Telephone Number) The names of the president, treasurer and manager of the bidding corporation, or the names and residences of all persons and parties interested in this proposal as partners or principals are as follows: State of Oregon Contractor's License No: FBC BID FORM 00 04 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 8.0 STATE PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE REQUIRMENTS The Undersigned certifies as follows: The Undersigned will comply with the requirements of ORS 279C.370 and complete Document 00 43 50 - First-Tier Subcontractor Disclosure Form as stated in Document 00 21 13 - Instructions to Bidders. Document 00 43 50 must be completed by the specified deadline date and time stated in that Document. The Undersigned is licensed with the State of Oregon Construction Contractors Board (CCB) prior to bidding on Public Improvement Contract(s). FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL RESULT IN BID REJECTION. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS BOARD REGISTRATION NO.: EXPIRATION DATE OF CCB NO.: The Undersigned has not and will not discriminate against a subcontractor in the awarding of a subcontract because the subcontractor is a minority, women, or emerging small business enterprise certified under ORS 200.055. The undersigned agrees to be bound by and will comply with the federal Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141 et seq.) and the State Oregon Prevailing Wage Law (ORS 279C.838 and 279C.840). Contractor and any subcontractors must pay the higher of the federal prevailing wage rate or the state prevailing wage, as determined by the Director of Bureau of Labor and Industries ("BOLI"). The applicable prevailing wage rates are those rates as set forth in the January 1, 2013, Bureau of Labor and Industries Publication "Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts subject to BOTH the State PWR and Federal Davis Bacon Act (including amendments)" Such publication can be reviewed electronically at http://www.boli.state.or.us/BOLI/WHD/PWR/pwr_db2.shtml and is hereby incorporated as part of the Contract Documents. Respectfully submitted this date of , 20 Firm Name: Address: City, State, Zip: Signature: - - Name (print): FBC BID FORM 00 04 00 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project FIRST TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE (1) (a). Within two working hours after the date and time of the deadline when bids are due to a contracting agency for a public improvement contract, a bidder shall submit to the contracting agency a disclosure of the first-tier subcontractors that: A. Will be furnishing labor or will be furnishing labor and materials in connection with the public improvement contract; and B. Will have a contract value that is equal to or greater than five percent of the total project bid or$15,000, whichever is greater, or$350,000 regardless of the percentage of the total project bid. (b). For each contract to which this subsection applies, the contracting agency shall designate a deadline for submission of bids that has a date on a Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday and a time between 2 p.m. and 5 p.m., except that this paragraph does not apply to public contracts for maintenance or construction of highways, bridges or other transportation facilities. (c). This subsection applies only to public improvement contracts with a value, estimated by the contracting agency, of more than $100,000. (d). This subsection does not apply to public improvement contracts that have been exempted from competitive bidding requirements under ORS 279C.335 (Competitive bidding) (2). (2) The disclosure of first-tier subcontractors under subsection (1) of this section must include the name of each subcontractor,the category of work that each subcontractor will perform and the dollar value of each subcontract. The information shall be disclosed in substantially the following form: FBC BID FORM 00 04 00 - 6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTOR DISCLOSURE FORM PROJECT NAME: BID #: BID CLOSING: Date: Time: This form must be submitted at the location specified in the Invitation to Bid on the advertised bid closing date and within two working hours after the advertised bid closing time. List below the name of each subcontractor that will be furnishing labor or will be furnishing labor and materials and that is required to be disclosed, the category of work that the subcontractor will be performing and the dollar value of the subcontract. Enter NONE if there are no subcontractors that need to be disclosed. (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS IF NEEDED.) DOLLAR CATEGORY 1. Firm Name $ Category of Work: 2. Firm Name $ Category of Work: 3. Firm Name $ Category of Work: _ 4. Firm Name $ Category of Work: 5. Firm Name $ Category of Work: _ 6. Firm Name $ Category of Work: 7. Firm Name $ Category of Work: 8. Firm Name $ Category of Work:_ 9. Firm Name $ Category of Work: FBC BID FORM 00 04 00 - 7 Alberta Rider Elementary(12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project Failure to submit this form by the disclosure deadline will result in a nonresponsive bid.A nonresponsive bid will not be considered for award. Form submitted by(bidder name): Contact name: Phone no.: (3) A contracting agency shall accept the subcontractor disclosure.The contracting agency shall consider the bid of any contractor that does not submit a subcontractor disclosure to the contracting agency to be a nonresponsive bid and may not award the contract to the contractor. A contracting agency is not required to determine the accuracy or the completeness of the subcontractor disclosure. (4) After the bids are opened,the subcontractor disclosures must be made available for public inspection. (5) A contractor may substitute a first-tier subcontractor under the provisions of ORS 279C.585 (Authority to substitute undisclosed first-tier subcontractor). (6) A subcontractor may file a complaint under ORS 279C.590(Complaint process for substitutions of subcontractors) based on the disclosure requirements of subsection(1)of this section. [2003 c.794§116; 2005c.103§16] END OF DOCUMENT FBC BID FORM 00 04 00- 8 SECTION 01 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. It is assumed that AIA Document A107, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor- 2007 Edition, is the basis for the General Conditions between the School District and Contractor. 1. In the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, the term " Building Envelope Consultant" shall replace the word "Architect". 2. The Building Envelope Consultant is represented by Forensic Building Consultants. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 00 00 FBC GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 00 00 - 1 SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General Information B. General Description of the Work C. Project Requirements 1.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Project: Alberta Rider Elementary School (12-283) 14850 SW 132nd Terrace, Tigard, OR 97224 B. Owner: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J 6960 SW Sandburg St. Tigard, Oregon 97223 C/O: Nancy Hubbard (503) 819-7505, hubbard.associates @frontier.com C. Building Envelope Consultant: Forensic Building Consultants 1200 NW Naito Parkway, Suite 100 Portland, OR 97209 (503)772-1114 Toby White, toby @forensicbuilding.corn 1.03 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. Alberta Rider Elementary School is an existing two-story elementary school in Tigard, Oregon that is to receive rehabilitative repairs to the building envelope and areas affected by the repairs. 1.04 THE WORK A. The Alberta Rider Elementary School (Project) consists of the removal, replacement, re-installation, and/or targeted remedial repairs of the exterior envelope systems. 1. Full replacement of the exterior wall cladding system —excluding masonry veneer a). Complete removal/replacement of the entire fiber-cement wall panel system(s). Each reference to Area A" or Area B" associated with the fiber-cement panel cladding system is only cited for the convenience of the School District. b). Complete removal/replacement of all metal exterior panel system(s) as delineated on the drawings. 2. Removal and re-installation of fenestration units. a). Removal/replacement of storefront glazing unit to facilitate remedial repairs as delineated on the exterior elevations. b). Removal/replacement of window units and doors to facilitate remedial repairs as delineated on the exterior elevations. 3. Flatwork—as required to reinstall aluminum storefront entry systems and associated components including metal flashing and trims. 4. Exterior masonry veneer will be limited to selective demolition and replacement to facilitate the removal and replacement of the fenestration units in the areas delineated on the drawings. 5. Interior repairs are limited to areas affected by the exterior repairs as delineated on the drawings. FBC SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.05 SPECIFICATION FORMATS, CONVENTIONS, AND DEFINITIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-Division format and CSI "MasterFormat" numbering system. 1. Section Identification: The Specification use section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract documents. B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. C. Definitions of terms throughout the Project documents are as follows: 1. Project Team: The Project team consists of the School District's authorized representative, the Building Envelope Consultant, and the Contractor 2. Primary Quality Assurance: It is the Contractor's responsibility to employ its own system of primary quality assurance, which for the purposes of this Project is defined as the prevention and detection of defects in workmanship and verification of proper installation of building components for the Project 3. Supplemental Quality Assurance: It is the Building Envelope Consultant's role during construction to provide supplemental quality assurance, which for the purposes of this Project is defined as periodic inspections of a sample of the work completed by the Contractor or its subcontractors to review compliance with regard to the Project's contract documents, specifications, and details D. Definitions of typical acronyms used throughout the Project documents are as follows: 1. FBC: Forensic Building Consultants 2. OSB: Oriented Strand Board 3. PT: Pressure-Treated 4. SAM: Self-Adhered Membrane 5. SS: Stainless Steel 6. WRB: Water-Resistive Barrier 7. BOD: Basis-of-Design 8. RO: Rough Opening 1.06 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 21 13 - Instruction to Bidders B. Section 00 41 00 - Bid Form 1.07 RELATED REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS A. Section 01 00 00 - General Requirements B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work C. Section 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures D. Section 01 21 00 -Allowances E. Section 01 23 00 -Alternates FBC SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project F. Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures G. Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements H. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements I. Section 01 42 00 - References J. Section 01 50 00 -Temporary Facilities and Controls K. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements L. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements M. Section 01 73 00 - Cutting and Patching N. Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal O. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals P. Section 01 78 36 -Warranties 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. The School District intends to occasionally occupy some portions of the existing building and outdoor athletic fields during the construction period. B. Contractor shall schedule the work to accommodate occasional School District occupancy and/or operations. 1.09 USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project site, during the construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to perform work and/or for the performance of current operations. B. Emergency Building Exits During Construction 1. Keep all exits open as required by code during construction period or provide signage for alternate exit. 2. Provide temporary signs if exit routes are temporarily altered, impeded, or closed. C. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or public rights of way without permit. D. Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner furnishings and/or adjacent non-work items (or building assemblies)from damage during construction, storage, and handling of materials or equipment - including damage from exposure to the elements. E. If adjacent work or Owner furnishings are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall repair or replace them. 1.10 CONSULTANT ROLE AND DISCLAIMER A. Building Envelope Consultant is not, nor does it claim to be a building inspector. B. Consultant reserves the right to amend, modify, and/or re-issue this document as previously concealed building envelope conditions are revealed during the rehabilitation process, as more information is made available and reviewed, or as the Work proceeds. C. This document is intended solely for the use by the School District for this Project, and should, in any event, be reproduced only in its entirety, with this disclaimer included. FBC SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 11 00 FBC SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 -4 SECTION 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Notice to Proceed B. Permits and Fees C. Schedule of Values D. Modification Procedures E. Applications For Payment 1.02 NOTICE TO PROCEED A. Upon notification by Owner that Agreement has been executed by both parties and proof of insurance and payment performance bond has been provided, Owner shall issue to Contractor written Notice to Proceed with Work. B. Contractor shall commence Work no sooner than commencement of Work date given on written Notice to Proceed and not prior to pre-construction conference. 1.03 PERMITS AND FEES A. Fees Owner will pay for: 1. All charges, fees, bonds, inspections and engineering costs required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for all items included within scope of Work of this Project, with the exception of items identified as the Contractor's responsibility. B. The Contractor shall obtain and School District will pay for: 1. Building permits 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordinate preparation of Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. B. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets, Submittals Schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule. C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D. Submit Schedule of Values for approval by School District within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. E. Format: Utilize format approved by School District prior to Application for Initial Payment. 1. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. 2. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored (onsite only), but not yet installed. 3. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. F. Content: Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 1. Contractor fee shall be listed as an individual line item in the Schedule of Values. FBC PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Identify site mobilization as an individual line item in the Schedule of Values. 3. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. G. Modifications: Revise schedule to include approved Change Orders or Construction Change Directives, with each Application For Payment. 1. Line item budgets on Schedule of Values may not be altered without approved Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or other written authorization 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or subcontractors of changes to the Contract Documents. B. Minor Changes in Work: For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Building Envelope Consultant will issue instructions directly to Contractor. C. Construction Change Directive (CCD): For other required changes, Building Envelope Consultant will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. D. Proposal Request (PR): For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Building Envelope Consultant will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications. 1. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 7 business days, including any change in Contract Time and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 2. Proposal requests are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 3. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 4. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 5. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. E. Change Order Request: Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Building Envelope Consultant, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. 1. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 60 00. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. F. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. FBC PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 -2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. For change requested by Building Envelope Consultant for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Building Envelope Consultant. H. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. I. Execution of Change Orders: On Owner's approval, Building Envelope Consultant will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. J. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. K. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. 1.06 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Building Envelope Consultant and paid for by Owner. B. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. C. A five percent(5%) retainage will be withheld from each month's progress pay application. 1. Final retention monies will be released within 75 days after the time of Substantial Project Completion 2. Final retention monies will be approved for release only once all punch list work has been completed, all Action Items contained within Building Envelope Consultant's Action Item Log have been corrected, and/or the Owner elects to accept the project as complete. D. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Building Envelope Consultant for approval. E. Present required information in typewritten form. F. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. G. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for products stored on-site. 1. Identify stored material separately from progress completed. H. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. I. Include the following with the application: 1. Conditional release of liens from General Contractor, major subcontractors and vendors. 2. Statement signed by General Contractor that all subcontractor and vendor lien releases have been collected by the Contractor and are current 3. List of lien holders and the status of their conditional releases to confirm that releases are current. FBC PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project J. Application for Payment - Initial: 1. Administrative actions and submittals which must proceed or coincide with Contractor's first application for payment include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Listing of potential lienholders, including all sub-contractors, principal vendors and installers. b. Schedule of values (approved). d. Construction schedule. e. Schedule of principal products (Product List). f. Schedule of submittals. g. Listing of Contractor's staff assignments and principal consultants. h. Copies of acquired building permits and similar authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for current performance of Work. i. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance coverage. k. Copy of executed Owner-Contractor Agreement and all other Contract Documents. I. Certified Payroll Records. K. Application for Payment - During Construction: 1. Submit an Application for Payment showing the percentage of completion for portion of the Work claimed as completed during the Payment period. 2. Administrative actions and submittals which must proceed or coincide with Contractor's application for payment during construction include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Updated Schedule of Values illustrating percentage of completion per line item. b. Conditional Lien releases. c. Marked-up set of record drawings corresponding to contingency allowance draws. d. Contractor's updated Construction Schedule. e. Contractor's updated RFI Log. f. Certified Payroll Records. M. Application for Payment - Final Payment: 1. Administrative actions and submittals which must proceed or coincide with Contractor's final application for payment include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Completion of all Action Items contained within Building Envelope Consultant's Action Item Log b. Listing of Contractor's incomplete Work, recognized as exception to Building Envelope Consultant's Certificate of Substantial Project Completion. c. Assurance, satisfactory to Owner, that unsettled claims will be resolved and that Work not actually completed and accepted will be completed without undue delay. d. Final cleaning of Work. e. Removal of temporary facilities, services, surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements. f. Change over of door locks and other Contractor access provisions to Owner's property. g. Transmittal of Operations & Maintenance(O&M) manuals and other required construction records to Owner. h. Warranties (guarantees), maintenance agreements and similar provisions of Contract Documents. i. Consent of surety for final payment. j. Completion of Project Closeout requirements per Section 01 70 00. N. Application for Payment -Transmittal Format and Attachments: FBC PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Submit one electronic (PDF) copy to Hubbard &Associates. a. Copy shall have attached completed lien waivers, as-built drawings, and similar attachments. 2. Transmittal form listing complete lien and other attachments shall be attached to each application. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 20 00 FBC PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 - 5 SECTION 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Contingency Allowance B. Allowances Schedule 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 41 00 - Bid Form B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work C. Section 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures 1.03 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE A. Funds will be drawn from the Contingency Allowance only by pre-approved Change Order. B. Contractor's costs for products, delivery, installation, labor, insurance, payroll, taxes, bonding, equipment rental, overhead and profit will be included in Change Orders authorizing expenditure of funds from this Contingency Allowance. C. At closeout of Contract, all funds remaining in Contingency Allowance will be credited to Owner by Change Order. 1.04 ALLOWANCES SCHEDULE A. Storefront glazing and door assemblies 1. Assume 10% storefront glazing and door assemblies B. Exterior Wall Sheathing Replacement 1. Assume 10% of existing sheathing C. Insulation Replacement 1. Assume 5% of existing exterior wall cavity insulation 1.05 UNUSED MATERIALS A. Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. PART 2 PRODUCTS- NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 21 00 FBC ALLOWANCES 01 21 00- 1 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acceptance of Alternates B. Schedule of Alternates 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 41 00 - Bid Form B. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work 1.03 ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option. B. Accepted alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each alternate. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. 2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.04 PROCEDURES A. Bidding: Clearly state what products and services are being provided as part of the alternate. Express the dollar amount of the alternate as an addition or subtraction from the base bid. Dollar amounts shall be inclusive of all costs, including costs related to integrating alternate material with adjacent materials. B. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into the Project. 1. Contractor is to include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract FBC ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.05 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 23 00 FBC ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 2 SECTION 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preconstruction Meeting B. Progress Meetings C. Construction Progress Schedule D. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs). E. Submittals 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures B. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements C. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. E. Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for greater detail. F. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction element. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations, in sequence required, to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. FBC ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule and related updates during construction. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values and related updates during construction. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings (weekly during periods when the Work is performed). 6. Pre-installation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 9. Project closeout activities (including course of construction corrections, completed Action Items, and punchlist items). PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Contractor will schedule a meeting at a time convenient to the Owner and Building Envelope Consultant, but no later than 15 business days after execution of the Agreement. B. Schedule and conduct meeting at Project site. C. Attendance Required: All participants shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 1. Owner's designated representative. 2. Building Envelope Consultant. 3. Contractor. 4. Contractor's Superintendent. 5. Major subcontractors, suppliers, and third party consultants may attend if necessary. D. Agenda: 1. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Distribution of Contract Documents. 3. Use of premises and existing buildings, including: a. Parking availability. b. Office, work and storage areas. c. Working hours. 4. Work restrictions. FBC ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 -2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 5. Owner's occupancy requirements. 6. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 7. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, inspecting agencies and Building Envelope Consultant and their duties. 8. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal requests, Change Orders, RFIs, and Contract closeout procedures. 9. Procedures for correcting construction conditions identified on Building Envelope Consultant's site visit reports. 10. Scheduling. 11. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. 12. Scheduling activities of Special Inspectors. 13. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. 14. Construction waste management and recycling. 15. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 16. First aid. 17. Security. 18. Safety and emergency evacuation plan. 19. Progress cleaning. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within three (3) business days after meeting to participants, with electronic copies to Building Envelope Consultant, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum weekly intervals. 1. Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. a. Coordinate with Building Envelope Consultant to incorporate field verification of progress complete, and discussion of payment application, with regularly-scheduled site visits B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C. Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Building Envelope Consultant of scheduled meeting dates and times. D. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, Owner's designated representative, and Building Envelope Consultant 1. Major subcontractors, suppliers, and/or third party consultants shall attend as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. 2. All participants shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. E. Prepare and distribute meeting agenda to all invited attendees. Agenda items to include: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. FBC ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Status of correction of Open Action Items identified on Building Envelope Consultant's site visit reports. 14. Other business relating to Work. F. Record minutes and distribute copies within three business days after meeting to participants, with electronic copies to Building Envelope Consultant,Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. G. Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the meeting minutes. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within 10 business days after date of the executed Agreement, submit preliminary schedule for joint review by the Owner, Contractor, and Consultant. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 business days. C. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 3.04 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIS) A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. B. RFIs shall originate with the Contractor. RFIs submitted by other entities must be submitted by the Contractor in order to receive a response. C. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. Contractor shall factor in adequate response time by Building Envelope Consultant per 'Consultant's Action' section. D. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Contractor. 4. Name of Building Envelope Consultant. 5. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 10. Contractor's signature. 11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. 12. Furnish copy to Hubbard &Associates. FBC ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project E. Consultant's Action: Building Envelope Consultant will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it.Allow five(5) business days for Building Envelope Consultant's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Building Envelope Consultant's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. 2. Building Envelope Consultant's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Building Envelope Consultant's time for response will start again. 3. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Building Envelope Consultant in writing within ten (10) business days of receipt of the RFI response, and concurrently issue Change Order Request a. See Section 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures F. On receipt of Building Envelope Consultant's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Building Envelope Consultant within five (5) business days if Contractor disagrees with response. G. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log with each Application for Payment. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Building Envelope Consultant. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Building Envelope Consultant's response was received. 8. Identification of related Field Order, Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 3.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with approved form. B. Sequentially number the transmittal form. C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. E. Submittal Schedule: Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. 1. Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category(action or informational). d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Critical path date for Building Envelope Consultant's final release or approval (no less than 10 days from date of submittal) FBC ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Include time required for review, re-submittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. 3. Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 4. Provide copy of transmittal to Hubbard &Associates. F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 business days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. G. Provide space for Contractor and Building Envelope Consultant review stamps. H. When revised for resubmission, Contractor must clearly identify all changes made since previous submission. I. Building Envelope Consultant's acceptance of product submittals shall not alleviate the Contractor of the responsibility to comply with the originally specified product performance or installation requirements. J. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized, processed, or returned. 3.06 SUBMITTAL COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. C. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. D. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. 3.07 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Documents for Review and/or Documents for Information: 1. Digital submittals are preferred a. Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than 8-1/2 x 11 inches b. Larger Sheets, Not Larger Than 30 x 42 inches 2. For hard copy submittals, submit the number of copies that Contractor requires, plus two copies that will be retained by Building Envelope Consultant. B. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Building Envelope Consultant. 1. After review and approval, produce and distribute duplicates as necessary. 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.08 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. 5. Other submittals as indicated. FBC ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 -6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Submit to Building Envelope Consultant for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review and approval, produce and distribute duplicates as necessary. 3.09 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Submitted for the Owner's knowledge or for the Building Envelope Consultant's. No action will necessarily be taken. B. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data 2. Certificates 3. Test reports 4. Inspection reports 5. Manufacturer's instructions 6. Manufacturer's field reports 7. Other types indicated C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two copies of initial schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. D. Daily Construction Reports: Submit copies at Building Envelope Consultant's request. D. Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions. 3.10 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: 1. Project record documents 2. Operation and maintenance data 3. Warranties 4. Bonds 5. Other types as indicated B. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. END OF SECTION 01 30 00 FBC ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 7 SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. References and Standards B. Control of Installation. C. Mock-ups. D. Tolerances. E. Testing and Inspection Services. F. Manufacturers' Field Services. G. Corrections to Installed Work H. Defect Assessment 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Building Envelope Consultant, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits,and certifications as appropriate. 2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Building Envelope Consultant. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the Association's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. C. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Building Envelope Consultant's benefit as contract administrator or for Association. 1. Upon receipt from manufacturer, submit report to Building Envelope Consultant for information. 2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Primary Quality Assurance: It is the Contractor's responsibility to employ its own system of primary quality assurance, which for the purposes of this Project is defined as the prevention and detection of defects in workmanship and verification of the proper installation of building components for the Project. FBC QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Supplemental Quality Assurance: The Building Envelope Consultant's role during construction is to provide supplemental quality assurance consulting, which for the purposes of the Project is defined as periodic inspections of a sample of the work completed by the Contractor or its subcontractors to review compliance with regard to the Project's contract documents, requirements, specifications, and details. 1.05 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Project Completion. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Building Envelope Consultant before proceeding. F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Building Envelope Consultant shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to monitor quality control and to maintain Primary Quality Assurance over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure all trades' and subcontractors' work is completed properly and pursuant to the Project's specifications and drawings provided, as well as the applicable building codes, manufacturer's installation instructions, industry association standards, and sound weatherproofing, waterproofing, and construction principles. C. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. D. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Building Envelope Consultant before proceeding. E. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. F. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. G. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. H. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. I. Correct conditions that will prevent proper installation of the Work prior to commencing the Work. FBC QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3.02 MOCK-UPS A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections. B. Assemble and erect specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Accepted mock-ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work. D. Where mock-up has been accepted by Building Envelope Consultant and is specified in product specification sections to be removed, remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers'tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Building Envelope Consultant before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing required. B. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform other specified testing. C. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Schedule and coordinate with testing agency so as not to impede construction schedule. Scheduling conflicts shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibilities for testing as specified in the Contract Documents. 2. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 3. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities. 4. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 5. Notify Building Envelope Consultant and laboratory not less than 72 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 6. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 7. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Building Envelope Consultant. FBC QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project F. Re-testing and related costs (Consultant fees, laboratory fees, etc.) required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor. 3.05 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Manufacturer's representative shall have expertise and authority to review work and approved completed work relative to warranty requirements. C. Submit name, title, and manufacturer's certification of qualified observer to Building Envelope Consultant upon completion of required observations. D. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. 3.06 CORRECTIONS TO INSTALLED WORK A. Contractor shall designate a single individual as project foreman who shall be on site at all times during building envelope installation. B. The designated foreman shall be responsible for maintaining Quality Control of the installation and shall ensure deficient construction assemblies and Action Items (documented in Building Envelope Consultant site visit reports) are corrected and memorialized in the following manner: 1. Building Envelope Consultant is onsite during a regularly scheduled site visit after correction of the Action Item and the corrected assembly or condition is visible for examination, in which case, the Building Envelope Consultant will document the corrected item, or: 2. The Action Item has been corrected while Building Envelope Consultant was offsite, between one of Building Envelope Consultant's regularly scheduled site visits, in which case, the Contractor may photograph the corrected Action Item in a manner that clearly demonstrates and memorializes the correction and do the following: a. Send the photographs to Building Envelope Consultant, and/or; b. Send Building Envelope Consultant written verification that the Action Item has been corrected. 3.07 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Building Envelope Consultant, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Building Envelope Consultant will direct an appropriate remedy, adjust payment, or both. END OF SECTION 01 40 00 FBC QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -4 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum entrances and storefronts. 1. Arcadia, Inc., AG451T Series, 2" x 4-1/2"Thermally broken; center glazed system, screw spline, shear block, compensating stick or punched opening fabrication for 1" glass. 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions. B. Other definitions are included in individual specification sections. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. Action Item: Construction conditions that are observed by Building Envelope Consultant and deemed "non-compliant" with the requirements of the Project Documents. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall correct Action Items in a prompt manner at no additional cost to the Association. All Action Items shall be corrected prior to Application for Final Payment. C. Approved: When used in conjunction with Building Envelope Consultant's response on Contractor's submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports and claims, "approved" is limited to the Building Envelope Consultant's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. D. Coordinate: To satisfactorily combine the work of all trades for a complete and operating installation. E. Directed:A command or instruction by Building Envelope Consultant. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." F. Site Visit Report: A document used and completed by Building Envelope Consultant as part of the Quality Assurance Consulting process during periodic site visit examinations to the Project. Information described within the Site Visit reports relate only to conditions that were observed during the site visit, and therefore visually available. Information not specifically described within the Site Visit reports were not reviewed during the site visit examination. Items described within the Site Visit reports as "non-compliant," automatically become an "Action Item," which requires correction by the Contractor or Subcontractors. G. Furnish: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. H. Indicated: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." I. Install: Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. J. Product: Materials, systems, and equipment provided by the Contractor for use in the Work. FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project K. Project Site: Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is built. L. Provide: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. M. Regulations: Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. 1.03 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project shall be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.04 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS -STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS A. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADDAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) CFR Code of Federal Regulations DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS) FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) MIL (See MILSPEC) FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project MIL-STD (See MILSPEC) MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards 1.05 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS - INDUSTRY ORGANIZATIONS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) ABAA Air Barrier Association of America ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association ACI ACI International (American Concrete Institute) ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association AF&PA American Forest& Paper Association AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors of America(The) AHA American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA) FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers Al Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects (The) AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute APA APA -The Engineered Wood Association ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASSE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers ASME ASME International ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials International) AWCI AWCI International FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry International) AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association AWS American Welding Society CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association CISCA Ceilings& Interior Systems Construction Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) DHI Door and Hardware Institute EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association EIEIO MacDonald Farm Institute EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. FMG FM Global (Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System) FMRC Factory Mutual Research (Now FMG) FSA Fluid Sealing Association FSC Forest Stewardship Council GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood &Veneer Association ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance ISO International Organization for Standardization ITS Intertek LPI Lightning Protection Institute MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association MPI Master Painters Institute NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NECA National Electrical Contractors Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NGA National Glass Association NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association) NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute PLANET Professional Landcare Network (Formerly: ACLA-Associated Landscape Contractors of America) PTI Post-Tensioning Institute RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute RIS Redwood Inspection Service SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 7 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council SIA Security Industry Association SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (Formerly: SPI/SPFD -The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings (The) SWRI Sealant,Waterproofing, &Restoration Institute TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. TMS The Masonry Society TRI Tile Roofing Institute(Formerly: RTI - Roof Tile Institute) UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC) FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 -8 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (Formerly: NWWDA- National Wood Window and Door Association) WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (See ICC) IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC) ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC-ES) ICC International Code Council ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (See ICC) C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission DOC Department of Commerce DOD Department of Defense FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 9 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project DOE Department of Energy EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAA Federal Aviation Administration FCC Federal Communications Commission FDA Food and Drug Administration GSA General Services Administration HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology OSHA Occupational Safety& Health Administration PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science RUS Rural Utilities Service(See USDA) SD State Department TRB Transportation Research Board USDA Department of Agriculture USPS Postal Service END OF SECTION 01 42 00 FBC REFERENCES 01 42 00 - 10 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reference Standards B. General Requirements C. Temporary Utilities D. Temporary Electricity E. Temporary Lighting F. Temporary Heat G. Temporary Telephone and E-mail H. Temporary Water Service I. Temporary Sanitary Facilities J. Temporary Fire Protection and Detection K. Temporary Construction L. Security Requirements M. Vehicular Access and Parking N. Waste Removal Facilities and Services O. Field Offices and Sheds P. Removal of Utilities, Facilities, and Controls 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA Code 241 "Standards for Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations" B. ANSI -A 10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," C. AGC/ASA/ASC Joint Guideline #5 "Temporary Job Utility and Services." 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for temporary services and facilities, including such items as temporary utility services, temporary construction and support facilities, temporary controls, vehicular access, project security and protection. B. Temporary utility services required for use at the Project site include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Water service and distribution 2. Electric power and lighting 3. Telephone and fax service 4. Internet and e-mail access C. Temporary construction and support facilities required for the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: FBC TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Heat 2. Sanitary facilities 3. Waste disposal services 4. Construction aids and miscellaneous general services and facilities 5. Enclosures 6. Field offices and storage sheds 7. Environmental protection including reinforced tarps, canopies D. Security and protection facilities and services required for the Project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Fire protection 2. Barricades, warning signs and lights E. Comply with requirements of local laws and regulations as well as Association's requirements governing construction, and local industry standards, in installation and maintenance of temporary services and facilities, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Building codes, including local requirements for permits, testing and inspection 2. Health and safety regulations 3. Utility company regulations and recommendations for temporary services 4. Police and Fire Department rules and recommendations 5. Environmental Protection Agency regulations and requirements 6. Hazardous Materials Safety Regulations F. Comply with requirements of the following: 1. NFPA Code 241 "Standards for Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations" 2. ANSI - A 10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," 3. AGC/ASA/ASC Joint Guideline #5 "Temporary Job Utility and Services." a. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services" as prepared jointly by AGC and ASC for industry recommendations. G. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for required inspections and tests by governing authorities, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. H. At the request of the Owner during progress of Work, submit copies of reports and permits required by governing authorities. I. With establishment of Construction Schedule, establish schedule for implementation and termination of service for each temporary utility. At earliest feasible time, and when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary utility service to use of permanent service to enable removal of temporary utility and eliminate possible interference with completion of Work. J. Operate temporary services and facilities in safe and efficient manner. Do not overload temporary services or facilities, and do not permit them to interfere with progress of Work. Should services of an independent engineer be required to survey existing or temporary utilities, it shall be at no cost to Association. K. Maintain temporary support facilities in sanitary manner so as to avoid health problems and other deleterious effects. Do not allow unsanitary conditions, public nuisances or hazardous conditions to develop or persist at Site. L. Do not permit freezing of pipes, flooding or contamination of water sources. FBC TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project M. Take necessary fire protection measures. N. Maintain Site security and protection measures in safe, lawful and publicly acceptable manner. Take necessary measures to prevent erosion of Site.At no times is Site to be without protective fence enclosure(s), as required to protect the general public. 1.04 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Engage local utility company to install temporary service to Project or to make connections to existing service. B. Arrange with companies and Owner for acceptable time for service interruption, where necessary to make connections for temporary services. C. Use appropriate means to utilize resources efficiently, and to avoid the waste of water and/or electricity 1.05 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Provide weatherproof, grounded temporary electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity and power characteristics to accommodate performance of Work during construction period. B. Where power is authorized by Owner, and from Owner's metered source, usage will be paid by the Owner. 1. Where power is not authorized by Owner, connect temporary service to local electric power company main by procedure recommended by company officials. Provide meter and pay all use charges. 2. Unless otherwise negotiated, electricity or water service shall not be used from individual units. 1.06 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations to achieve minimum lighting level of 1 watt/sq ft. B. Provide and maintain 1 watt/sq ft lighting to exterior staging and storage areas after dark for security purposes. C. Provide and maintain 0.25 watt/sq ft lighting to interior work areas after dark for security purposes. D. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction in occupied building areas. 1.07 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide and pay for heat devices as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. B. Limit use of gasoline-burning space heaters to indirect-fired type, located outside the building space or space being heated. 1. Use gasoline-burning space heaters only where specified system for temporary heating cannot be used. 2. Open burning or salamander-type heating units are not allowed. FBC TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.08 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 1.09 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE AND E-MAIL A. Provide temporary telephone service and internet/e-mail access at field office. 1. Mobile devices (smart phones, etc.) may be acceptable, provided they are consistently accessible during working hours. B. Maintain temporary telephone service and internet/e-mail access from start of Work through Substantial Project Completion. 1.10 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction purposes during construction period and until permanent service is in use, including but not limited to, the following uses: 1. Construction processes 2. Fire protection 3. Drinking water 4. Sanitary facilities 5. Cleaning B. Where water is authorized by Owner, and from Owner's metered source, usage will be paid by Owner. Contractor shall exercise water conservation measures, provide hoses with threaded connection and provide temporary pipe insulation to prevent freezing. 1.11 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Temporary sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water fixtures. B. Comply with governing regulation including safety and health codes for type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities; provide not less than specified requirements. 1. Install in locations that will best serve Project's need, and in consultation with the Owner. C. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. D. Provide at time of project mobilization through Substantial Project Completion. E. Use of existing facilities is not permitted. F. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. G. Lock sanitary facilities daily. 1.12 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION AND DETECTION A. Install and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of types needed to adequately protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses: 1. Comply with applicable recommendations of NFPA Standard 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers." 2. Locate fire extinguishers where they are most convenient, visible and effective for their intended purpose, but provide no less than one extinguisher on each floor or in each general Work area, at or near each usable stairwell. FBC TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3. Store combustible materials in containers in recognized fire-safe areas. B. Develop and supervise overall fire prevention and first-aid fire protection program at Project Site: 1. Review needs with local fire departments officials and establish procedures to be followed. 2. Post warning and information and enforce strict discipline. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers,fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires. 4. Prohibit smoking at the Project. 5. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar sources of ignition for fire. 6. Contractor shall ensure that Contractor's employees are familiar with Owner's fire procedures and location of fire hydrants and extinguishers in adjacent parts of buildings or areas near construction area. 1.13 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION A. Construction Aids: 1. Design, construct and maintain construction aids and miscellaneous general services facilities as needed to accommodate performance of Work. Construction aids and miscellaneous general services and facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Temporary stairs and ladders. b. Guardrails and barriers. c. Walkways. 2. Provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate for proper, safe or efficient performance of the Work. 3. Install and maintain temporary walkways around work and to field offices, toilets and similar areas. Construct walkways of gravel or duckboard units. B. Barriers: 1. Comply with recognized standards and code requirements for erection of substantially adequate barriers where needed to prevent accidents and losses. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform construction personnel and public of hazard of concern. Provide lighting and flashing signals as required. 2. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas to allow for Owner's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. 3. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building. 4. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from damage. C. Fencing: 1. Where fencing is required, install general enclosure fence with suitable lock for gates. Locate where indicated on Drawings or as required to substantially complete enclosure around Site or staging/construction operations. Install in manner that will prevent unauthorized persons from easily entering Site. Except when otherwise directed, provide open-mesh, chain link fencing with posts substantially set in ground, or in moveable concrete blocks. D. Protection of Installed Work: FBC TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual Sections. 2. Provide temporary removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. 3. Protect finished floors, stairs and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. 4. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. 5. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 1.14 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, temporary work facilities, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. 1.15 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and with Owner. C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. E. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. 1.16 WASTE REMOVAL A. See Section 01 74 19 - Waste Management, for additional requirements. B. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. C. Provide containers with lids. D. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. E. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. 1.17 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Office: Weather tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture, drawing rack and drawing display table. B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. C. Locate offices a minimum distance of 30 feet (10 m) from existing and new structures. 1.18 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, and materials prior to Substantial Project Completion inspection. FBC TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet (600 mm . Grade site as 9 P ( ) indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 50 00 FBC TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 - 7 SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Definitions B. Submittals C. Re-use of Existing Products D. General Product Requirements E. Substitutions F. Transportation and Handling G. Storage and Protection 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00-Summary of Work B. Section 01 23 00-Alternates C. Section 01 25 00-Substitution Procedures D. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements E. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements F. Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Water-Saturated Materials: Individual construction components or assemblies that have become saturated or affected by water. These include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Wood materials that contain moisture content that exceeds 19 percent when tested with an electronic impedance moisture meter. 2. Gypsum-based sheathing products that contain moisture content greater than 1 percent when tested with an electronic impedance moisture meter. 3. Ferrous materials that are affected by water(oxidized /rusted): fasteners, flashing, connectors, hardware, etc. C. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. FBC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project D. Basis-of-Design (BOD) Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design" or "(BOD)", including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00—Administrative Requirements for Project submittal specifications PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RE-USE OF EXISTING PRODUCTS A. Reused Products: Reused products include materials and equipment previously used in this or other construction, salvaged and refurbished as specified. B. Specific Products to be Reused: The reuse of certain materials and equipment already existing on the project site is not prohibited. 1. See Section 01 10 00—Summary of Work, Section 01 23 00 -Alternates, and drawings for items allowed to be salvaged for reuse and relocation. 2. If reuse of other existing materials or equipment is desired, submit substitution request. 2.02 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Provide products that comply with requirements of Contract Documents and that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at time of installation. B. Provide products that are complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for complete installation and for intended use and effect. C. Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacture for components being replaced. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 25 00—Substitution Procedures for Project substitution specifications 3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. FBC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. Water-saturated building components shall be replaced. They may not be dried out and installed. F. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. G. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. H. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. I. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. J. In the event that installed materials become saturated, all saturated materials and adjacent affected components shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Association. K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION 01 60 00 FBC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 3 SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals B. Project Conditions C. Coordination D. Examination, Preparation, and Pre-Installation Meetings E. General Installation Requirements F. Alterations G. Cutting and Patching H. Progress Cleaning I. Protection of Installed Work J. Adjusting Final Cleaning K. Closeout Procedures 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 01 20 00 - Price and Payment Procedures B. Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures C. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements D. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements E. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls F. Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal G. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; 2009. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for Project submittal specifications B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. a. Where cutting and patching involves any alterations to the integrity of structural systems, contact Forensic Building Consultants' licensed structural engineer for instructions. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element that is not part of the Work. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Protection of installed construction or existing furnishings. 5. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 6. Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 7. Include in request: FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary(12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project a. Identification of Project. b. Location and description of affected work. c. Necessity for cutting or alteration. d. Description of proposed work and products to be used. e. Alternatives to cutting and patching. f. Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor. g. Written permission of affected separate Contractor. h. Date and time work is proposed to be executed. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Protect site from pooling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. C. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials,to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust,fumes, vapors, or gases. D. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. 1. Provide dust-proof barriers between construction areas and areas continuing to be occupied by Owner. E. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations. 1. Outdoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy exterior work to hours agreed upon by Contractor and Owner. 2. Indoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy interior work to hours agreed upon by Contractor and Owner. F. Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work. G. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Verify conditions of existing Project site. Report all conflicts with Contract Documents to Building Envelope Consultant. 1. Building Envelope Consultant will provide revisions to Contract Documents or issue clarifications to accommodate conflicts. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for remedying conflicts that could have been prevented by timely review of existing conditions. 3. All remedies that vary from Contract Documents require authorization by the Owner or the Building Envelope Consultant. B. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, and for all lines and measurements for all Work executed under the Contract Documents. Verify dimensions shown on shop drawings and report errors and inaccuracies in writing to Building Envelope Consultant prior to commencing Work. C. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination and installation of all Work. Owner will not entertain requests for delays, time extensions or additional costs due to lack of coordination of Work by Contractor. FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project D. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. E. Drawings and Specifications are arranged for convenience only and do not necessarily determine which trades perform various portions of the Work. F. Transmit to trades doing Work of other Divisions all information required for Work to be provided under their respective Sections in ample time for their installation. G. Do all necessary Work to receive or join with Work of other trades. H. Coordinate Work to provide adequate clearance for installation and maintenance of equipment. I. Changes required in Work of Contractor, caused by Contractor's neglect to coordinate Work with others, shall be made at Contractor's expense. J. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. K. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. L. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. M. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. N. During Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. O. See Section 01 10 00- Summary of Work for occupancy-related requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections- match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C. Product Substitution: See Section 01 25 00-Substitution Procedures PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections. FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached as determined by Forensic Building Consultants' licensed structural engineer. C. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. D. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. Verify the existence and location of mechanical, plumbing, fire sprinklers, and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. G. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. D. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. E. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Building Envelope Consultant. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a pre-installation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section, including: 1. Installers 2. Authorized representatives of manufacturers and/or fabricators C. Notify Building Envelope Consultant five (5) business days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures, including: a. Acceptability of substrates. b. Possible conflicts. c. Compatibility problems. d. Weather limitations. e. Space and access limitations. FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project f. Required performance results and in-situ testing. 2. Review coordination with related work. 3. Review the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Related RFIs. c. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases and deliveries. e. Submittals. f. Warranty requirements. g. Time schedules. h. Temporary facilities and controls. i. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. j. Protection of adjacent work. k. Protection of construction and personnel. I. Procedures for correcting construction conditions identified on Building Envelope Consultant's F-19 reports. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within three (3) business days after meeting to participants, with 1 copy to Building Envelope Consultant, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 1. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. F. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. 3.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and current applicable building code, so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. F. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions or occupancy. G. Perform the Work and provide protection of materials that are on the site that can be affected by the Work. 3.05 ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 2. Report discrepancies to Building Envelope Consultant before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. B. Keep areas in which alterations are being conducted separated from other areas that are still occupied. FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 01 50 00-Temporary Facilities and Controls C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. 1. Where openings in exterior enclosure exist, provide construction to make exterior enclosure weatherproof. 2. Insulate existing ducts or pipes that are exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures by alterations work. D. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete; replace with new construction specified. 2. Remove items indicated on drawings. 3. Relocate items indicated on drawings. 4. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish. 5. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible. E. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. F. Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as possible. 1. When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to Building Envelope Consultant. 2. Where a change of plane of 1/4 inch (6 mm) or more occurs in existing work, submit recommendation for providing a smooth transition for Building Envelope Consultant review and request instructions. G. Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be refinished, patch to match the surface finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished, patch so that the substrate is ready for the new finish. H. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated: 1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. 2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re-cover and refinish to match. I. Clean existing systems and equipment. J. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site; do not burn or bury. K. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete. L. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section. 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. See Alterations article above for additional requirements. C. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Complete the work. 2. Fit products together to integrate with other work. 3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services. 4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. 8. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. E. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire-rated material , to full thickness of the penetrated element. I. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Match color, texture, and appearance. 3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Project Completion. FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 7 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project C. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. D. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. E. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. F. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. G. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. H. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. I. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.09 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified conditions. C. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. D. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. 3.10 FINAL CLEANING A. Clean construction-related debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. B. Clean site; physically and magnetically sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. C. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. 3.12 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to Building Envelope Consultant and to Owner. B. Accompany Owner and Building Envelope Consultant on preliminary inspection to determine items to be corrected prior to request for Substantial Project Completion. C. Prepare punch list of items to be completed and corrected, including Open Action items listed on Building Envelope Consultant's site visit reports. 1. Submit electronic copy of list to Building Envelope Consultant and to Owner. 2. Include name and identification of each unit and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 3. Indicate schedule for completion of each item D. Correct all items on the punch list. E. Repair materials that are on the site that are adversely affected by the Work. F. Remove temporary facilities, services, surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements. FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 8 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project G. Deliver excess materials to Owner as listed within each Section. H. Change over door locks and other Contractor access provisions to Owner's property. I. Conduct final cleaning of the Work K. Submit written certification of the following: 1. The Work completed by subcontractors and the Contractor's own forces has been inspected and accepted by the Contractor 2. Completion of all Action Items contained within Building Envelope Consultant's Action Item Log 3. Assurance, satisfactory to Owner that unsettled claims will be resolved and that Work not actually completed and accepted will be completed without undue delay. 4. The work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Building Envelope Consultant's review and final acceptance by the Owner L. Accompany Owner and Building Envelope Consultant on final inspection. M. Warranties (guarantees), maintenance agreements and similar provisions of Contract Documents. N. Transmittal of Operations & Maintenance (O&M) manuals and other required construction records to Owner. O. Obtain and submit any and all final lien releases to necessary parties. P. Obtain and submit consent of surety for final payment. END OF SECTION 01 70 00 FBC EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 9 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITION A. "Cutting and Patching" is defined to include the cutting and patching of nominally completed and previously existing concrete, masonry, metal framing, storefronts, and miscellaneous metal, in order to accommodate the coordination of WORK, or the installation of other facilities and structures for access or inspection, or to obtain samples for testing, or for similar purposes. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Documents affecting the work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, the General Conditions, and other Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. WORK INCLUDED: This Section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required: 1. Make the several parts fit properly; 2. Uncover ill-timed work to provide for installing, inspecting, or both. 3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents; and 4. Remove and replace defective work. B. RELATED WORK: 1. In addition to other requirements specified, upon the Building Envelope Consultant request, uncover work to provide for inspection by the Building Envelope Consultant of covered work, and remove samples of installed materials for testing. 2. Do not cut or alter work performed under separate contracts without the Building Envelope Consultant's written permission. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS: A. REQUEST FOR BUILDING ENVELOPE CONSULTANT'S CONSENT: 1. Prior to any cutting which may affect structural safety, submit a written request to the Building Envelope Consultant for permission to proceed with the cutting. 2. Should conditions of the Work, or schedule, indicate a required change of materials or FBC CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Building Envelope Consultant and secure his written permission and the required Change Order prior to proceeding. B. NOTICES TO BUILDING ENVELOPE CONSULTANT : 1. Prior to cutting and patching performed pursuant to the Building Envelope Consultant's instructions, submit cost estimate to the Building Envelope Consultant. Secure the Building Envelope Consultant's approval of cost estimates and type of reimbursement before proceeding with cutting and patching. 2. Submit written notice to the Building Envelope Consultant designating the time the work will be uncovered, to provide for the Building Envelope Consultant's observation. 1.6 DIG PERMITS: A. All trenching, excavation, or digging operations within the confines of the Alberta Rider Elementary School campus or in any area for which the School District has responsibility, require written authorization. B. The person, contractor, agency, or organization, which will be performing the trenching, excavation, or digging activity is responsible for requesting and obtaining permission to perform that activity. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: For replacement of items removed, use materials complying with pertinent Sections of these Specifications. Where not otherwise defined, patching shall match adjacent surfaces and proper materials shall be provided accordingly. 2.2 PAYMENT FOR COST: Cutting and patching needed to comply with the Contract Documents shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. Cutting and patching required to accomplish Change Order work shall be recognized by the Contractor and included in the price of the Change Order. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS: A. INSPECTION: 1. Inspect existing conditions including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, patching, and backfilling. 2. After uncovering the work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new work. FBC CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. DISCREPANCIES: 1. If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Building Envelope Consultant and secure needed directions. 2. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING: A. Provide required protection including, but not necessarily limited to, shoring, bracing, and support to maintain structural integrity of the Work. B. Provide protection for other portions of the Project, including all Contractors' personnel. 3.3 PERFORMANCE: Perform required excavating and backfilling as required under pertinent other Sections of these Specifications. A. Perform cutting and demolition by methods that will prevent damage to other portions of the Work and provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. B. Perform fitting and adjusting of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. C. Cuts made through any paved surface must be repaired in a non-discernible fashion. Cuts through concrete must be repaired by replacing the section between the nearest two joints - either construction or expansion. Cuts through asphalt must be repaired so that depressions or humps do not develop in the asphalt surface. If they do, they will have to be corrected, at the Contractor's expense. D. Asphalt and base compaction by "normal traffic" is not permitted. Proper compaction for the depth of the cut is required. E. When cuts extend through pavement markings, the replaced pavement shall be marked to match the existing. END OF SECTION 01 73 29 FBC CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 3 SECTION 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors. B. Minimize trash/waste disposal in landfills; reuse, salvage, or recycle as much waste as economically feasible. C. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are: 1. Burning on the project site. 2. Burying on the project site. 3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private. 4. Other illegal dumping or burying. D. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements B. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls C. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements D. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like. B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations. C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity. D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity. E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure. F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others. G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others. H. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste. FBC CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit. J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site. K. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others. L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water. M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste. N. N.Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged. P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for Project submittal specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS- NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management. B. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project. C. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings. 1. Pre-bid meeting. 2. Pre-construction meeting. 3. Regular job-site meetings. D. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, return, and trash disposal, for use by all contractors and installers. 1. Provide containers as required. 2. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors. 3. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. E. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations. F. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials. G. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse. FBC CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project H. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site. END OF SECTION 01 74 19 I FBC CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 3 SECTION 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents B. Operation and Maintenance Data C. Warranties and Bonds 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements B. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements C. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. D. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit complete set of documents to Building Envelope Consultant with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents 30 calendar days prior to completion of Work. 2. Building Envelope Consultant will review draft and return one copy with comments. a. Draft submissions that are substantially nonconforming or incomplete will be returned after partial review 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 business days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Building Envelope Consultant comments. 4. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit two sets of revised and approved final documents in final form prior to application for Final Payment. C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 business days after acceptance, and prior to final Application for Payment 2. Make other submittals within 10 business days after Date of Substantial Project Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Project Completion, submit within 10 business days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. FBC CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 78 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.04 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Final Application for Payment will not be approved nor released until all required closeout submittals have been accepted by the Owner and by the Building Envelope Consultant. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Location of material cleaning/replacement due to water damage uncovered during the execution of the Work. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail. 3. Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. 1. Only specific product data is to be included — Do not include inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. 1. The use of copies of Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings is permitted, but Contractor must provide distinct copies for each purpose D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish: 1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. FBC CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 78 00 -2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Moisture protection and weather-exposed products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional information as specified in individual product specification sections. E. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch (216 by 280 mm)three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch (50 mm) maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. E. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. G. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. H. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. I. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified, in three parts as follows: 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Building Envelope Consultant, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. b. Certificates. c. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. J. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed dividers and space for insertion of data. K. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Building Envelope Consultant, Consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. FBC CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 78 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 business days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial Project Completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E. Manual: Bind in commercial quality 8-1/2 x 11 inch three D-ring binders with durable plastic covers. F. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title WARRANTIES AND BONDS, with title of Project; name, address and telephone number of Contractor and equipment supplier; and name of responsible company principal. G. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in the sequence of the Table of Contents of the Project Manual, with each item identified with the number and title of the specification section in which specified, and the name of product or work item. H. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information, using separate typed sheets as necessary. List Subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal. END OF SECTION 01 78 00 FBC CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 78 00 -4 SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. B. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. C. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 01 50 00 -Temporary Facilities and Controls C. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements D. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements E. Section 01 73 29—Cutting and Patching F. Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal G. Section 03 30 00 - Concrete H. Section 06 16 43 - Gypsum Sheathing I. Section 07 46 46 - Fiber Cement Panel Siding J. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trims K. Section 08 41 00 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts L. Section 08 63 00 - Aluminum Windows 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless items are to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and protect and temporarily store until reinstallation as directed within each related specification section. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29 CFR 1926 - U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards; current edition B. ANSI A10.6 - Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations; American National Standards Institute; 2006 C. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; 2009 FBC SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Locations of proposed dust- and noise-control temporary partitions and means of egress, including for other tenants affected by selective demolition operations. 6. Coordination of Owners continuing occupancy of all existing buildings. 7. Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from building. C. Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITION A. Owner will continually occupy the existing building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition in a safe manner so Owner's operations and occupants are protected and will not be disrupted. B. Notify Building Envelope Consultant of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C. Hazardous Materials: It is unknown whether hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Building Envelope Consultant and Association. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. D. Sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. FBC SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a Field Conditions Report to Building Envelope Consultant and Owner prior to proceeding with the Work. E. When moisture-damaged components are discovered, chase and remediate damage to extinction. 1. Verify any structural remediation with a Forensic Building Consultants structural engineer. 2. Refer to Section 06 16 00 and 06 16 43 for specifications related to the replacement of damaged sheathing F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings and preconstruction photographs. G. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL/FIRE SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to site materials and adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide access and protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. FBC SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 2. Verify any structural shoring requirements with Forensic Building Consultants structural engineer. 3.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 1. Obtain required permits. 2. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 241. 3. Use of explosives is not permitted. 4. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 5. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 6. Use physical barriers to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public. 7. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 8. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 9. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 10. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. C. Do not begin removal until built elements to be salvaged or relocated have been removed. D. Do not begin removal until vegetation to be relocated has been removed and specified measures have been taken to protect vegetation to remain. E. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. FBC SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger and consult Forensic Building Consultants structural engineer F. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 2. Report discrepancies to Building Envelope Consultant before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition. G. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage to building when cladding elements have been removed. H. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. At areas where cladding is scheduled to be removed and the existing WRB shall remain, remove exterior cladding elements in a manner so that the underlying WRB is not damaged during the removal process. 4. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 5. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 8. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 10. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. I. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in an approved secure area until delivery to Owner or reinstallation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. FBC SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project J. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 5. Replace stored items that are damaged beyond repair at no cost to the Owner. K. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Building Envelope Consultant, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.05 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. If applicable, remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.06 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02 41 19 FBC SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project SECTION 03 2000 CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete. B. Supports and accessories for steel reinforcement. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2010. B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International; 2008. C. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual; American Concrete Institute International; 2004. D. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2012. E. CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice; Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; 2009. F. CRSI (P1) - Placing Reinforcing Bars; Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; 2011. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M Grade 60. 1. Unfinished. B. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Provide stainless steel components for placement within 1-1/2" of weathering surfaces. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice. END OF SECTION FBC CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 20 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project SECTION 033000 CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes: 1. Concrete threshold. 2. Concrete curing. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 2. Appendix A2 Structural Drawings 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1991 (Reapproved 2002). B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. C. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International; 2004 (errata 2007). D. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing,Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2000. E. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1999. F. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1988 (Reapproved 2002). G. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2001 (Reapproved 2008). H. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International; 2008. I. ASTM C 33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2007. J. ASTM C 94/C 94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2007. K. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2007. L. ASTM C 171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2007. M. ASTM C 260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2006. N. ASTM C 494/C 494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2008a. O. ASTM C 618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2008a. P. ASTM C 881/C 881M - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete; 2002. FBC CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project Q. ASTM C 1059 - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 1999 (Reapproved 2008). R. ASTM C 1107/C 1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink); 2008. S. ASTM C 1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures; 2005. T. ASTM D 1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2004 (Reapproved 2008). U. ASTM E 1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers; 1996 (Reapproved 2008). V. ASTM E 1155M - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor Levelness Numbers [Metric]; 1996 (Reapproved 2008). W. ASTM E 1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs; 2009. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 33 00—Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements. C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. 1. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 2. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation procedures and interface required with adjacent construction for concrete accessories. E. Minutes of pre-installation conference. F. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. C. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 31 00— Project Management and Coordination. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. FBC CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project d. Concrete subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and reshoring procedures, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I - Normal portland type. 1. Acquire all cement for entire project from same source. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. 1. Acquire all aggregates for entire project from same source. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. D. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C 618, Class N. E. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1. F. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. G. Fiber Reinforcement: Synthetic fiber shown to have long-term resistance to deterioration when exposed to moisture and alkalis; 1/2 inch length. H. See structural drawings for further information. 2.02 BONDING & JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Latex Bonding Agent: Non-dispersible acrylic latex, complying with ASTM C 1059 Type II. B. Epoxy Bonding System: Complying with ASTM C 881/C 881 M and of Type required for specific application. C. Waterstops: Preformed mineral colloid strips, moisture expanding. 1. Provide Bentonite Waterstop RX102 manufactured by Cetco: www.cetco.com. D. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. 2.03 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Building Envelope Consultant for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended by manufacturer. FBC CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project D. Fiber Reinforcement: Add to mix at rate of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard, or as recommended by manufacturer for specific project conditions. E. Normal Weight Concrete: Refer to Structural Drawings. 2.04 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. B. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Use epoxy bonding system for bonding to damp surfaces, for structural load- bearing applications, and where curing under humid conditions is required. 2. Use latex bonding agent only for non-load-bearing applications. C. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Engineer. C. Notify Building Envelope Consultant not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. E. Place joint filler in floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. F. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/2 inch of finished slab surface. Conform to Section 07 92 00 for finish joint sealer requirements. G. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Install construction joint devices in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. I. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Building Envelope Consultant. FBC CONCRETE 03 30 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary(12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 4. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. J. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. K. Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable. L. Apply sealants in accordance with Section 07 92 00. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least three months. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. M. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. N. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. O. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. P. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: FBC CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary(12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.04 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. C. Exposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. Provide finish as follows: 1. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Wet concrete and rub with carborundum brick or other abrasive, not more than 24 hours after form removal. 3.05 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. 3.06 CURING & PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 1. Normal concrete: Not less than 7 days. 2. High early strength concrete: Not less than 4 days. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period. D. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturated sand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap. 2. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry. a. Moisture-Retaining Cover: Seal in place with waterproof tape or adhesive. E. Sealer Application: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. FBC CONCRETE 03 30 00 -6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 40 00. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. F. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. G. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. Yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31 M. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory- cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. FBC CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 7 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 Mpa). 8. Test results shall be reported in writing to Building Envelope Consultant, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive- strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 9. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Building Envelope Consultant but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Building Envelope Consultant. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Building Envelope Consultant. 11. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 12. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. H. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M) within 24 hours of finishing. 3.08 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to the Building Envelope Consultant and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Building Envelope Consultant. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Building Envelope Consultant for each individual area. END OF SECTION FBC CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 8 SECTION 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 FIBER CEMENT PANEL STEEL STRAP FRAMING A. Where fiber cement panel siding joints are required to occur at locations where no structural framing exists, provide steel strapping in accordance with this section in order to meet siding panel fastening requirements. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 07 25 00 -Weather Barriers C. Section 07 46 46— Fiber-Cement Panels PART 2 PRODUCTS 1.01 STRAPPING MATERIALS A. Strapping: Fabricated from ASTM A653 steel sheet, with G90 hot dipped galvanized coating. 1. Base Metal: Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33. 2. Gage: 18 Gage (43 mils). 1.02 ACCESSORIES A. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water-Resistive Barrier: As specified in Section 07 2500. 1.03 FASTENERS A. Self-Drilling, Self-Tapping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153. PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify field measurements and adjust installation as required. 2.02 INSTALLATION OF STRAPPING A. Install components in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and ASTM C1007 requirements. B. Space strapping at not greater than 6" on center spacing, and fastened to a minimum of(2) structural studs. 1. Fasten straps to each stud with a minimum of(2)#8-18 self-drilling screws; fasteners to penetrate stud framing a minimum of three (3)threads. END OF SECTION 05 40 00 FBC COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 40 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project SECTION 05521 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel pipe and tube handrails and railings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Appendix A2 Structural Drawings 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: In engineering handrails and railings to withstand structural loads indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of handrail and railing materials based on the following: 1. Structural Steel: ANSI/AISC 360-10: "2010 Specification for Structural Steel Buildings B. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings capable of withstanding structural loads required by ASCE 7 without exceeding allowable design working stresses of materials for handrails, railings, anchors, and connections. C. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of handrails and railings. Include plans, elevations, sections, component details, and attachments to other Work. C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of handrail and railing through one source from a single manufacturer. FBC PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 10- 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.5 STORAGE A. Store handrails and railings in a dry, well-ventilated, weather-tight place. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify handrail and railing dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for handrails and railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.8 SCHEDULING A. Schedule installation so handrails and railings are mounted only on completed walls. Do not support temporarily by any means that does not satisfy structural performance requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. General: Provide metal free from pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units. 1. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube: ASTM B 429, alloy 6063-T6. 2. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy 6061-T6. B. Steel and Iron: Provide steel and iron in the form indicated, complying with the following requirements: 1. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; finish, type, and weight class as follows: a. Galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated. b. Type F, or Type S, Grade A, standard weight (Schedule 40). 2. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WELDING MATERIALS, FASTENERS, AND ANCHORS FBC PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 10- 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project A. Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. B. Fasteners for Anchoring Handrails and Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring handrails and railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. 1. For aluminum handrails and railings, use fasteners fabricated from Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel. 2. For stainless-steel handrails and railings, use fasteners fabricated from Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel. 3. For steel handrails, railings, and fittings, use plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating. C. Cast-in-Place and Post-installed Anchors: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Cast-in-place anchors. 2.3 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT A. Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate handrails and railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Assemble handrails and railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Form changes in direction of railing members as follows: 1. By bending. D. Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of handrail and railing components. FBC PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 10- 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project E. Welded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings for connecting members by welding. Cope components at perpendicular and skew connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld connections continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. F. For railing posts set in concrete, provide preset sleeves of steel not less than 6 inches long with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch greater than outside dimensions of post, and steel plate forming bottom closure. G. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs from exposed cut edges. H. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the Work. I. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a watertight manner. J. Close exposed ends of handrail and railing members with prefabricated end fittings. K. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns, unless clearance between end of railing and wall is 1/4 inch or less. L. Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. M. Fillers: Provide fillers made from steel plate, or other suitably crush-resistant material, where needed to transfer wall bracket loads through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish thicknesses and to produce adequate bearing area to prevent bracket rotation and overstressing of substrate. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 2.6 STEEL FINISHES A. Galvanized Handrails and Railings: Hot-dip galvanize exterior steel and iron handrails and railings to comply with ASTM A 123. Hot-dip galvanize hardware for exterior steel and iron handrails and railings to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. FBC PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 10-4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project C. For galvanized handrails and railings, provide galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to install handrails and railings. Set handrails and railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free from rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of handrail and railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. C. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing handrails and railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. 3.3 RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. 3.4 ANCHORING RAILING ENDS A. Anchor railing ends into concrete and masonry with round flanges connected to railing ends and anchored into wall construction with post-installed anchors and bolts. B. Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces. 1. Weld flanges to railing ends. 2. Connect flanges to railing ends using non-welded connections. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units. FBC PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 10- 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project END OF SECTION 05521 FBC PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 52 10- 6 SECTION 06 16 43 GYPSUM SHEATHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior gypsum sheathing at areas affected by moisture: 1. Provide isolation containment as required to safeguard the interior environment from conditions that could adversely affect indoor air quality for occupants. 2. Use the necessary means and methods required to remove and replace moisture damaged wall components. This includes, but is not limited to: exterior cladding components, sheathing, framing members, insulation, and interior finishes affected by the work. Chase and remediate damages to extinction. B. Interior gypsum at areas affected by moisture and/or the Work C. Accessories 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 05 40 00 - Cold Formed Metal Framing C. Section 07 21 00 - Thermal Insulation D. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers E. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 473 - Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products; 2010. B. ASTM C 475/C 475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2002 (Reapproved 2007). C. ASTM C 514 - Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board; 2004 (Reapproved 2009). D. ASTM C 518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus; 2010. E. ASTM C 840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2008. F. ASTM C 1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2007. G. ASTM C 1177 - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing; 2008. H. ASTM C 1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing; 2009. I. ASTM C 1396/C 1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2011. J. ASTM C 1658/C 1658M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels; 2006. K. ASTM D 3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2000 (Reapproved 2005). FBC GYPSUM SHEATHING 06 16 43 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project L. ASTM E 72 - Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction; 2010. M. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2011. N. ASTM E 96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2010. O. GA-214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish; Gypsum Association; 2010. P. GA-216 -Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association; 2010. Q. GA-253 -Application of Gypsum Sheathing; Gypsum Association; 2007. R. GA-254 - Fire-Resistant Gypsum Sheathing; Gypsum Association; 2007. S. GA-600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual; Gypsum Association; 2009. T. UL(FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each product specified. 1.05 MOCK-UP A. Provide gypsum sheathing materials as required to complete integrated exterior mock-ups as specified in other Sections. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work specified in this section , with minimum 3 years of experience. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide 1 year warranty for defects in the sheathing resulting from in-place exposure damage, including delamination, deterioration, and decay. B. Provide products with five (5) year manufacturer warranty for manufacturing defects. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers - Gypsum-Based Board: 1. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Company: www.gpgypsum.com. 2. Temple-Inland: www.templeinland.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Gypsum Wallboard (interior): Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for interior vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. FBC GYPSUM SHEATHING 06 16 43 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Thickness: To match existing. 3. B.O.D. Products: a. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; ToughRock Gypsum Wallboard. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. B. B. Fire-Rated Fiberglass-Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing (exterior), Type X: Comply with ASTM C 1177: 1. Application: Use for fire-rated exterior sheathing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: To match existing. 3. Width: 4 feet. 4. Length: 8 feet. 5. Weight: 2500 pounds per M square feet. 6. Edges: Square. 7. Surfacing: Coated fiberglass mat on face, back, and long edges. 8. Racking Strength (Ultimate, not design value): Not less than 654 pounds per square foot, dry, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 72. 9. Flexural Strength, Parallel: 100 lb/f, parallel, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1177. 10. Permeance: Not more than 12 perms, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96. 11. R-Value: 0.67, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 518. 12. B.O.D. Products: a. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Company; DensGlass Gold Fireguard: www.gpgypsum.com. b. Temple-Inland; Product GreenGlass Fire-Resistant Sheathing: www.templeinland.com. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Nails for Attachment to Wood Members: Corrosion-resistant treated, complying with ASTM C 514. B. Screws: Corrosion-resistant treated, complying with ASTM C 1002. C. Patching Materials: Products approved by the product manufacturer at locations where gaps between sheathing exceed 1/4 inch (3 mm). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions and substrates are acceptable for work of this section to commence. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill gaps that are larger than 1/4 inch wide between sheathing joints in compliance with GA-216. FBC GYPSUM SHEATHING 06 16 43 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C1280, GA-216, and the manufacturer's recommendations, including: 1. Current "Product Catalog," written by Georgia-Pacific Gypsum. 2. Current "Product Catalog," written by Temple-Inland. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect gypsum board installations from weather, damage, and deterioration until date of Substantial Project Completion. END OF SECTION 16 16 43 FBC GYPSUM SHEATHING 06 16 43 -4 SECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Thermal insulation at areas affected by the Work. 2. At areas affected by moisture. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00—Summary of Work B. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 812 - Voluntary Practice for Assessment of Single Component Aerosol Expanding Polyurethane Foams for Sealing Rough Openings of Fenestration Installations; 2004. B. ASTM C 165 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulations; 2007. C. ASTM C 356 - Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage of Preformed High-Temperature Thermal Insulation Subjected to Soaking Heat; 2010. D. ASTM C 411 - Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation; 2011. E. ASTM C 518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus; 2010. F. ASTM C 1338 - Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings; 2008. G. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials ; 2010b. H. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials ; 2010. I. ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2011. J. ASTM E136 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 750 Degrees C ; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, or insulation products. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include information on installation techniques. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. FBC THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: Company having demonstrated experience on projects of similar size and complexity. C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. B. Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. C. Keep material dry prior to installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Batt Insulation: 1. Johns Manville 3. Owens Corning 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Foam Insulation: 1. The Dow Chemical Company: www.dow.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 APPLICATIONS A. Insulation in Wood Framed Walls: Batt insulation with integral vapor retarder to replace stained, wet, or microbial affected existing insulation. B. Insulation in Wood Framed Ceiling Structure: Batt insulation with separate vapor retarder. C. Insulation at Perimeter of Windows/Doors: Foam Insulation -Type 1. D. Insulation at Wall Penetrations: Foam Insulation -Type 1. 2.03 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. Glass Fiber Batt Insulation: Flexible preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665; friction fit. 1. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. FBC THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Smoke Developed Index: 50 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 3. Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E136 . 4. Formaldehyde Content: Zero. 5. Thermal Resistance: Complying with applicable code. 6. Facer Permeability: 1 Perm, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96. 7. Critical Radient Flux: Greater than 0.11 Btu/ft2 x s (0.12 W/cm2), when tested in accordance with ASTM E 970. 8. Water Vapor Sorption: 5 percent or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1104. 9. Odor Emission: Pass, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1304. 10. Corrosiveness: Pass, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 665. 11. Fungi Resistance: Pass, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1338. 12. Recycled Content: Certified by Scientific Certification Systems to contain minimum of 20 percent post-consumer and 5 percent pre-consumer recycled glass product, on average of manufacturer's products. 13. Facing: Asphalt treated Kraft paper, one side. B. Product: Kraft-Faced Formaldehyde-free Thermal and Acoustical Fiber Glass Insulation. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.04 FOAM INSULATION MATERIALS A. Foam Insulation -Type 1: Minimally expanding polyurethane foam insulation; VOC compliant, water-resistant.. 1. B.O.D. Product : Great Stuff Pro Window & Door . 2. B.O.D. Product : Great Stuff Pro Gaps&Cracks . 3. Manufacturers: a. The Dow Chemical Company: www.dow.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.05 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm. B. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Tape: Bright aluminum self-adhering type, mesh reinforced, 2 inch (50 mm) wide. B. Nails or Staples: Steel wire; electroplated or galvanized; type and size to suit application. C. Sealants: Chemically and physically compatible with adjacent materials at locations to eliminate areas of uncontrolled air leakage in exterior walls and terminations and areas of damage to the interior vapor retarder PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation. B. Do not proceed with installation of building insulation until unacceptable conditions are corrected. FBC THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3.02 PREPARATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirement for Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and other conditions affecting performance. B. Protect adjacent work areas and finish surfaces from damage during product installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.03 BATT INSTALLATION A. Install insulation and vapor retarder in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to water, ice, or snow. C. Install single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. D. Install in exterior wall and roof spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. Do not block roof ventilation intakes. E. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. F. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of the insulation. 1. Water Piping Coordination: If water piping is located on inside of insulated exterior walls, coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation encapsulates piping. G. Install glass-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. H. Install with factory applied vapor retarder membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane over framing members. I. Tape seal butt ends, lapped flanges, and tears or cuts in membrane. J. At replacement areas, seal vapor retarder to framing. K. Tape seal tears or cuts in vapor retarder. 3.04 FOAM APPLICATION A. Apply insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Insulate gaps and voids along perimeter of windows and wall penetrations, including utility penetrations. C. Insulate interior side of exterior walls at floor lines where air leakage and condensation have occurred to achieve minimum R-21 thermal resistance. FBC THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary(12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposure, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07 21 00 FBC THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 - 5 SECTION 07 25 00 WEATHER BARRIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water-Resistive Barrier: Under exterior wall cladding and furring strips, over sheathing or other substrate. 1. Remove and replace 100 percent existing WRB at non-deferred areas. Install new WRB to achieve an air barrier. 2. Seam Tape. 3. Flashing. 4. Fasteners. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 00 00— Summary of Work B. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry C. Section 06 16 00 - Sheathing D. Section 06 16 43 - Gypsum Sheathing E. Section 06 46 46— Fiber Cement Panel Siding F. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Metal flashings. Installed in conjunction with weather barriers. G. Section 07 65 00 - Flexible Flashing Metal flashings. Installed in conjunction with weather barriers. H. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Water-Resistive Barrier (WRB): Material behind exterior wall cladding that is intended to resist liquid water that has penetrated behind the exterior wall cladding from further intruding into the exterior wall assembly and constructed in a manner to shed water down and away from the building at all termination points. Self-adhesive membrane (SAM) and metal flashing shall be considered extensions of the WRB. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 711 - Voluntary Specification for Self-Adhering Flashing Used for Installation of Exterior Wall Fenestration Products; 2007. B. AAMA 2400 - Standard Practice for Installation of Windows with a Mounting Flange in Stud Frame Construction; 2010. C. AATCC Test Method 127 - Water Resistance: Hydrostatic Pressure Test; 2008. D. ASTM D779 - Standard Test Method for Water Resistance of Paper, Paperboard, and Other Sheet Materials by the Dry Indicator Method; 2003. E. ASTM D1117 - Standard Guide for Evaluating Non-woven Fabrics F. ASTM D 882 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting 2010. FBC WEATHER BARRIERS 07 25 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project G. ASTM D 5034 - Standard Test Method for Breaking Strength and Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Grab Test); 2009. H. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2010b. I. ASTM E96/E96M Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2010. J. ASTM E 2112 - Standard Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights; 2007. K. ASTM E2178 - Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials; 2003. L. ASTM E 2266 - Standard Guide for Design and Construction of Low-Rise Frame Building Wall Systems to Resist Water Intrusion; 2011. M. ICC-ES AC38 -Acceptance Criteria for Water-Resistive Barriers; ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. ; 2009. N. ICC-ES AC212 -Acceptance Criteria for Water-Resistive Coatings Used as Water-Resistive Barriers over Exterior Sheathing; ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. ; 2009. Q. Installation Masters Training Manual— Installation Master; current edition. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics and performance criteria of WRB and all related materials, including but not limited to: fasteners and caps, seam tape, and sealant. 1. If materials and accessories are not all provided as a system from one manufacturer, provide certification of compatibility between products and with substrates. Certification may be from the manufacturer of each product, or may be documented through independent testing. Provide certifications at no added cost to School District. C. Shop Drawings: Provide drawings of special joint conditions. D. Samples: WRB, minimum 8-1/2 inches by 11 inch. E. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Design Data, Test Reports: Provide manufacturer test reports indicating product compliance with indicated requirements. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: Provide manufacturer's written installation instructions. F. Closeout Submittals: 1. Refer to Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals. 2. WRB Warranty: Manufacturer's executed warranty form with authorized signatures and endorsements indicating date of Substantial Completion. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Provide water-resistive barrier materials as required to complete integrated exterior mock-ups as specified in Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements and other Sections. 1. Install mock-up using approved WRB assembly including fasteners, flashing, tape and related accessories per manufacturer's current printed instructions and recommendations. 2. Demonstrate complete installation of water-resistive barrier and treatment of internal and external corners, openings, and sill flashings. FBC WEATHER BARRIERS 07 25 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source limitations: Obtain water-resistive weather barrier membrane components and accessories from a single manufacturer to ensure total system compatibility and integrity. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section, with not less than eight years of documented experience. 2. Company having experienced in-house technical and field observation personnel qualified to provide expert technical support. C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide water-resistive barrier with the fire-test characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Flame Spread Index: 5 or less. 3. Smoke Developed Index: 70 or less. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Section 01 60 00— Product Requirements. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Store WRB materials as recommended by WRB Manufacturer. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Refer to Section 01 78 36 - Warranties. B. Provide manufacturer's standard 10-year warranty for material defects of water-resistive barrier from date of final installation. C. Pre-installation meetings and jobsite observations by WRB manufacturer for warranty is required prior to assembly installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WEATHER BARRIER ASSEMBLIES A. BOD: DuPont; 4417 Lancaster Pike, Chestnut Run Plaza 728, Wilmington, DE 19805; 1-800-448-9835; http://www.construction.tyvek.com 2.02 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER MATERIALS A. BOD: Spunbound polyolefin, non-woven, non-perforated, weather barrier is based upon DuPont Tyvek CommercialWrap and related assembly components, B. Performance Characteristics: 1. Air Penetration: 0.001 cfm/ft2 at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178. Type I per ASTM E1677. 50.04 cfm/ft2 at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2357. FBC WEATHER BARRIERS 07 25 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Water Vapor Transmission: 28 perms, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96, Method B. 3. Water Penetration Resistance: Minimum 280 cm when tested in accordance with AATCC Test Method 127. 4. Basis Weight: Minimum 2.7 oz/yd2, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-410. 5. Air Resistance: Air infiltration at>1500 seconds, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-460. 6. Tensile Strength: Minimum 38/35 lbs/in., when tested in accordance with ASTM D882, Method A. 7. Tear Resistance: 12/10 lbs., when tested in accordance with ASTM D1117. 8. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Flame Spread: 10, Smoke Developed: 10. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Seam Tape: As recommended by the WRB manufacturer. B. Fasteners: 1-5/8 inch rust resistant screw with 2-inch diameter plastic cap or manufacturer approved 1-1/4" or 2" metal gasketed washer. C. Refer to Section 07 90 05 - Sealants. D. Adhesives: Provide adhesive recommended by the WRB manufacturer. E. Refer to Section 07 65 00 - Provide flashing manufacturer recommended primer to assist in adhesion between substrate and flashing. F. Primers, Cleaners, and Other Sealant Materials: As recommended by sealant manufacturer, appropriate to application, and compatible with adjacent materials. G. Insect Screen: As specified in Section 07 46 46. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the work of this section. B. Verify proper clearances at the rough openings to account for expansion, contraction, and settling of structure surrounding the fenestration after it is installed. Notify Building Envelope Consultant in writing of any conditions that would prohibit proper installation of water-resistive barrier. C. All surfaces must be dry (less than 19% moisture content), sound, clean and free of oil, grease, dirt, excess mortar or other contaminants detrimental to the adhesion of the water resistive barrier flashings. Fill voids and gaps in substrate and correct rough opening surfaces to provide an even and level substrate for the intended flashing and fenestrations. D. Ensure all preparatory work is complete prior to applying primary water-resistive weather barrier membrane. E. Ensure all concealed barrier elements are installed to shed water naturally from one material down onto the next to an exit point. F. Mechanical fasteners used to secure sheathing boards or penetrate sheathing boards shall be set flush with sheathing and fastened into solid backing. G. Do not proceed with installation of water-resistive barrier until unacceptable conditions are corrected. FBC WEATHER BARRIERS 07 25 00 - 4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove projections, protruding fasteners, and loose or foreign matter that might interfere with proper installation. B. Clean and prime substrate surfaces to receive sealants in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Complete detail work around corners, wall openings, building transitions and penetrations prior to installation of water-resistive barrier. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, Drawings, AAMA 2400 (Method B), AAMA 711, and ASTM E 2112. B. Water-Resistive Barriers: Install continuous barrier over surfaces indicated, with sheets lapped to shed water and with seams and terminations sealed to create an air barrier. C. Mechanically Fastened Sheets - On Exterior: 1. Measure and pre-cut sheets into sheets to suit the application conditions. 2. Install sheets seams horizontal, beginning at base of wall and working up. Ensure all concealed barrier components (flexible flashing, metal flashing, WRB) are installed weather lap fashion installed to shed water away from the building. 3. Stagger end lap seams. 4. Overlap seams by at least 6 inches, and as recommended manufacturer but overlap at outside and inside corners by at least 12 inches, and as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Install water-resistive barrier over jamb flashings and seal. 6. Install head flashings under weather barrier. 7. Coordinate water-resistive barrier installation with related flexible and metal flashing work. 3.04 SEAMING A. Seal seams of WRB with seam tape at all vertical and horizontal overlapping seams. B. Seal any tears or cuts as recommended by WRB manufacturer. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not cover installed weather barriers until required inspections have been completed. B. Notify manufacturer's designated representative to obtain periodic observation of WRB assembly installation. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect wall areas covered with primary water-resistive weather barrier from damage due to construction activities, high wind conditions, and extended exposure to inclement weather or long-term exposure to UV radiation. B. Repair, or remove and replace damaged water-resistive barrier prior to installation of cladding. END OF SECTION 07 25 00 FBC WEATHER BARRIERS 07 25 00 - 5 SECTION 07 46 46 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cementitious express/reveal jointed panel with accessories. James Hardie HZ10 Hardie Reveal Panels. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 02 41 19 - Selective Building Demolition C. Section 05 40 00- Cold-Formed Metal Framing D. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers E. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim F. Section 07 65 00 - Flexible Flashing G. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants H. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM B136 - Standard Method for Measurement of Stain Resistance of Anodic Coatings on Aluminum. 2. ASTM B244 - Standard Test Method for Measurement of Thickness of Anodic Coatings on Aluminum and of Other Nonconductive Coatings on Nonmagnetic Basis Metals with Eddy-Current Instruments. 3. ASTM C834 -Standard Specification for Latex Sealants. 4. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 5. ASTM C1186 - Standard Specification for Flat Non-Asbestos Fiber-Cement Sheets. 6. ASTM D1730 - Standard Practices for Preparation of Aluminum and Aluminum- Alloy Surfaces for Painting. 7. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 8. ASTM E 2112 - Standard Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights; 2007. 9. ASTM E 2266 - Standard Guide for Design and Construction of Low-Rise Frame Building Wall Systems to Resist Water Intrusion; 2011. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Manufacturer's requirements for related materials to be installed by others. FBC CEMENTITIOUS PANELS 07 46 46 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 4. Installation methods, including fastener patterns. 5. Accessories, including furring strips, metal flashings, and insect screens. C. Shop Drawings: Provide detailed drawings of atypical non-standard applications of fiber cement siding materials that are outside the scope of the standard details and specifications provided by the manufacturer. D. Samples: Match existing cladding profiles, textures and colors. Submit two samples 4x6 inch (102x153 mm) in size illustrating surface texture. E. Maintenance Instructions: Periodic inspection recommendations and maintenance procedures. F. Warranty: Submit copy of manufacturer's warranty, made out in Association's name, showing that it has been registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified in this section with minimum 5 years of experience. B. Fiber-cement siding to comply with ASTM C 1186 Type A Grade II, National Evaluation Report No. NER 405 (BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI), City of Los Angeles, Research Report No. 24862, Metro Dade County, Florida Acceptance No. 07-0148, 04, US Department of Housing and Urban Development Materials Release 1263d, California DSA PA-019, City of New York MEA 223-93-M. Non-asbestos fiber-cement siding where required to be non-combustible shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 136. C. Installer shall designate a single individual as project foreman who shall be on site at all times during installation. The designated foreman shall be responsible for maintaining Quality Control of the installation and shall ensure deficient construction assemblies and Action Items (documented in Building Envelope Consultant site visit reports) are corrected and memorialized in the following manner: 1. Building Envelope Consultant is onsite during a regularly scheduled site visit after correction of the Action Item and the corrected assembly or condition is visible for examination, in which case the Building Envelope Consultant will document the corrected item, or; 2. The Action Item has been corrected while Building Envelope Consultant was offsite, between one of Building Envelope Consultant's regularly scheduled site visits, in which case, the Contractor may photograph the corrected Action Item in a manner that clearly demonstrates and memorializes the correction and do one of the following: a. Send the photographs to Building Envelope Consultant, and/or; b. Send Building Envelope Consultant written verification that the Action Item has been corrected. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Provide siding materials as required to complete integrated exterior mock-ups as specified in Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work, Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements and other Sections. B. Mockup may remain as part of the Work. FBC FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store siding flat on a smooth level surface. Protect edges and corners from chipping. Store sheets under cover and keep dry prior to installing. C. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide Hardie HZ10 Reveal Panel Limited Product Warranty, with 30-year limited product warranty against manufacturing defects. 1. Application Warranty: Application limited warranty for 2 years. C. Special Project Warranty: Submit installer's warranty, on installer's standard or customized form, signed by installer, covering the Work of this Section against defects in materials and workmanship, for the following warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two (2)years from date of Substantial Project Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: James Hardie Building Products, Inc., which is located at: 26300 La Alameda Suite 400 ; Mission Viejo, CA 92691; Toll Free Tel: 866-274-3464; Tel: 949-367-4980; Email: request info (info @jameshardie.com); Web: www.jameshardiecommercial.com B. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.02 CLADDING A. Cement Cladding Panels: Hardie Reveal Panel as manufactured by James Hardie Building Products, Inc. 5/16 inches thick, 4 wide by 8, 9, 10 feet long. Product shall be engineered for climate conditions. 1. Manufacturer's Climate Zone Product: HZ10 for hot humid and wet climates with a yellow tint primer. B. Code Compliance Requirement for Siding Materials: 1. Fiber-cement siding, complies with C 1186 Type A Grade II. 2. Fiber-cement siding, complies with -,STM E 136 as a noncombustible material. 3. Fiber-cement siding, complies with �STM E 84 Flame Spread Index = 0, Smoke Developed Index = 5. FBC FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 4. Fiber-cement siding, complies with ASTM E 119 1 hour and 2 hour fire resistive assemblies listed with Warnock Hersey. 5. Fiber-cement siding, tested to -,STM E330 for Transverse Loads. 6. Intertek Warnock Hersey Product Listing. 7. Manufacturer's Technical Data Sheet. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Trims: Revealo Trims in the following profiles supplied by James Hardie. Reveal Trims confirm to a 6063 alloy in T-5 temper with a minimum thickness of 0.050 inch. All reveal trims are 12 feet in length. 1. Horizontal trim. 2. Vertical trim. 3. Outside corner trim. 4. Inside corner trim. 5. J channel trim. 6. Drip cap trim. B. Finishes of Reveal Trims: 1. Chem Film for field painting of Reveal Trims; Chem Film Coating shall conform to STM N D1730 C. Furring Strips: Pressure treated furring strips, 3/8" minimum thickness attached vertically to framing studs. D. Insect Screens: Woven aluminum mesh; 1/8 x 1/8 inch minimum mesh size, corrosion- resistant. E. Flashing: As specified in Section 07 62 00. F. Joint Sealant: As specified in Section 07 90 05. 2.04 FASTENERS A. Fasteners: For attaching Hardie Reveal Panel to a rain screen provide the following: 1. Steel Framing: 10-12 1-1/2 inch long x 0.47 inch HD low profile Torx (T20W) (TW- S-D12-4.8x38). 2. Fasteners shall be of high quality stainless steel to ensure resistance to corrosion. For field painting, fasteners should be treated to accept paint adhesion. 2.05 FINISHES A. Factory Primer: Provide factory applied universal primer. 1. Primer: Factory applied sealer/primer by James Hardie. Apply flat sheen finishes to panels. 2. Topcoat: Refer to Section 09 90 00 and Exterior Finish Schedule. B. Factory Finish for Trim: 1. Trim for Factory-Applied Coating and Field-Applied Finish: Chem Film. FBC FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Examine substrate and clean and repair as required to eliminate conditions that would be detrimental to proper installation. B. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared and Work by related trades has been completed including, but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Work at all windows, door, deck waterproofing and related flashing should be complete. 2. Water-resistive barrier(WRB) installed horizontally, lapped properly shingle fashion, continuously and free of voids, breaks, or holes, lapped shingle fashion with all flexible and metal flashing. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify General Contractor of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Match existing cladding locations and general layout. B. Provide framing blocking between studs at areas of partial sheathing replacement and repair in order to provide adequate support for new sheathing. C. Install new WRB (per 07 25 00), flexible flashings (per 07 65 00), and sheet metal flashing (per 07 62 00). D. Install furring strips at required locations and areas where support is needed for new cladding elements. Use stainless steel fasteners long enough to penetrate into solid framing at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) to secure furring strips. E. Install insect screen at horizontal terminations of cladding system (window and door heads, soffits, finished grade, wall-to-eave junctions, etc.). F. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations (see National Evaluation Service Report No. NER—405 for additional information). 1. Read warranty and comply with all terms necessary to maintain warranty coverage. 2. Install in accordance with conditions stated in model code evaluation report applicable to location of project. 3. Use trim details indicated on drawings. 4. Prime all field cut edges before installing. 5. Pre-drill nail holes if necessary to prevent breakage. 6. Take care to provide proper clearance at all vertical terminations to allow for free drainage of water out from behind the drainage cavity: window and door heads, roof surfaces, concrete, soil grade, and similar locations. G. Panel Installation: Install materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. FBC FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary(12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Place fasteners no closer than 3/4 inch (9.5 mm)from panel edges and 2 inches (51 mm)from panel corners. 2. Use fasteners as specified in the James Hardie Tech Data sheet and in the Hardie Reveal Panel Installation Instruction. 3. Install panel using 1/2 inch (13 mm)spacers at horizontal joints. Leave bottom edge of panel above all horizontal trims exposed, no caulking shall be placed at this overlap of Horizontal Reveal Trim. Factory primed edge shall always be used. 4. Install a kickout flashing to deflect water away from the siding at the roof intersection. 5. Install a self-adhering membrane on the wall before the subfascia and trim boards are nailed in place, and then install the kickout. 6. Allow minimum vertical clearance between the bottom edge of siding and any other material in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and as determined by James Hardie Zone. 7. Maintain clearance between siding and adjacent finished grade. 8. Specific framing and fastener requirements - refer to the applicable building code compliance reports. 3.04 FINISHING A. Finish factory primed siding with a minimum of one coat of high quality 100 percent acrylic exterior flat grade paint with flat finish within 180 days of installation. Follow paint manufacturer's written product recommendation and written application instructions. B. Field cut edges shall be coated during the installation process using an exterior grade primer/sealer that is compatible with the type of paint to used on project. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07 46 46 FBC FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 07 46 46 -6 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fabricated sheet metal items: 1. Metal flashing. 2. Counter-flashing. 3. Sill pans. 4. Sheet metal break shapes. 5. Edge trim, gravel stops, cap flashing, coping. 6. Gutters, scupper boxes, associated supports and accessories. 7. Miscellaneous sheet metal, closures, trim, etc. 8. Accessories, including fasteners. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies as indicated shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. B. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allows for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change(Range): 120 def F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. C. Wind Loads: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that will withstand anticipated wind loads. D. Design, fabricate and install flashings at roof edges in accordance with ANSI/SPRI, ES-1. E. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that does not allow water infiltration to building interior. 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 02 41 19-Selective Structure Demolition B. Section 04 21 00- Brick Masonry C. Section 07 41 20- Metal Panel Siding D. Section 07 45 70-Cementitious Panels E. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants F. Section 08 43 13-Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts G. Section 08 63 00-Aluminum Windows H. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating FBC SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Iron and Steel Institute. B. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels; 2005. C. ASTM A 167-99, Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip, Specification for D. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2009. E. ASTM A 666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2003. F. ASTM B 32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2004. G. ASTM B 749 - Standard Specification for Lead and Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet, and Plate Products; 2003 (Reapproved 2009). H. ASTM D 4479 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings - Asbestos-Free; 2007. I. Metal Construction Association (MCA), Preformed Metal Wall Specifications Guildelines (2009 Edition) J. The NRCA Architectural Sheet Metal and Metal Roofing Manual (2006 Edition) K. The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems (2007 Edition) L. SMACNA (ASMM) -Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2003. M. FS O-F-506— Flux, Soldering, Paste and Liquid. N. FS QQ-S-571 —Solder, Tin Alloy. O. FS SS-C-135—Cement, Bituminous, Plastic. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section. 1. Ensure that all parties whose work interfaces with flashing system application are in attendance. These parties include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Owner. b. Construction Manager c. Building Envelope Consultant. d. Contractor. e. Contractor's superintendent. f. Sheet metal contractor. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile,jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, flashings, terminations, and installation details. FBC SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location on Project. 2. Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 3. Details for joint, supporting, and securing sheet metal flashing and trim, including layout of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 4. Details of termination points and assemblies. 5. Details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction. D. Samples: Submit two samples 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating metal finish color for each different type of finish. E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. F. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing, trim, and accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual requirements and standard details, except as otherwise indicated. B. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in sheet metal work with 10 years of documented experience. C. Mock-ups: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim as required to complete integrated exterior mock- ups as specified in Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements and other Sections. 1. Build a mockup of typical sheet metal flashing assemblies on Drawings: a. Sheet metal concrete column cover, full height. b. Sheet metal concrete slab edge cover, full length. c. Sheet metal surround in conjunction with mock up for curtain wall and sliding glass door. 2. Field-testing shall be performed on mockups according to requirements in "Field Quality Control" Article. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Building Envelope Consultant specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. B. Prevent contact with materials that could cause discoloration or staining. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Special Project Warranty: Submit Installer's warranty, on Installer's standard or customized form, signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of flashing and sheet metal against defects in materials and workmanship, for the following warranty period: FBC SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; unless otherwise indicated, shop pre-coated with PVDF coating. 1. Gauge (See Schedule for type designation): a. Not scheduled except as alternate b. Unless otherwise noted minimum 0.028 inch (24 gauge)thick base metal 2. Finish: PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) Coating: Superior Performance Organic Finish, AAMA 2605; multiple coat, thermally cured fluoropolymer finish system; custom color to match approved sample. 3. Color: To be determined by Building Envelope Consultant B. Stainless Steel, 304: ASTM A 666 Type 304, soft temper, unless otherwise indicated; 2D mill finish. 1. Gauge (See Schedule for type designation): a. Unless otherwise noted minimum 0.028 inch (24 gauge) thick base metal C. Pre-Finished Aluminum: Provide 0.04 inch thick, clear anodized to match aluminum frame finish. Bend with proper forming equipment to match profiles shown on drawings after field verification of conditions. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Stainless steel, with soft neoprene washers. Where exposed to view, finish to match color of metal being fastened. 1. Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action. B. Pop Rivets: Stainless steel. C. Primer: Zinc chromate type. D. Protective Backing Paint: Asphaltic mastic, ASTM D 4479 Type I. E. Sealant: As specified in Section 07 90 05. F. Solder: ASTM B 32; Sn50 (50/50) type. FBC SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item indicated. Fabricate items at the shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces exposed to view. B. There shall be no exposed metal for Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel or aluminum sheet. Ensure that all penetrations, exposed edges, and cut edges are primed and painted to match with a corrosion resistant coating. C. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. D. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. Fabricate in sizes recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 1. Provide continuous cleats on outside face of copings. E. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. F. Hem exposed edges on underside; miter and seam corners. G. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. Solder galvanized steel that is not prefinished. Do not solder prefinished steel. 1. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. H. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed inward 1/4 inch minimum and hemmed to form drip. 1. Bottom edge shall be bent at 140 degree angle. 2. Bottom edge of flashing shall have perforated weep to facilitate egress of moisture. 3. All penetrations and edges of flashing shall have corrosion resistant coating. 4. Extend vertical legs of concealed flashing minimum 6-inches or longer as detailed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify membrane terminations and base flashing are in place, sealed and secure. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION C. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. D. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint. FBC SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Install Work watertight and weathertight, without oil canning, buckles, tool marks, fastening stresses, distortion, or defects that impair strength or mar appearance. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by SMACNA. 1. Coat back side of stainless-steel sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip-sheet. 3. Fasteners shall incorporate a neoprene gasket. E. Insert flashings into reglets to form tight fit. Secure in place with lead wedges. Seal flashings into reglets with sealant. F. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where permitted. G. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. H. Install self-adhered membrane flashing where indicated. Apply primer if required by manufacturer. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days or as required by underlayment manufacturer. I. Seal metal joints watertight. J. Solder metal joints for full metal surface contact for flashings that are not prefinished. After soldering, wash metal clean with neutralizing solution and rinse with water. 1. Clean and flux metals prior to soldering. 2. Perform soldering with a heavy soldering copper of blunt design, properly tinned for use. 3. Perform soldering slowly, with a well-heated surface and fill with solder. 4. Do not solder coil-coated galvanized sheet steel. K. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with sealant. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap-in installation and sealant or lead wedges and sealant. L. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings unless otherwise noted. M. All parapet cap flashing shall be jointed at no more than every 10'-0". Joints at top of parapet cap to be standing seams, 1" height minimum -match existing profiles and layout. N. Do not touch up any area of prefinished flashing material that may have become scratched, gouged, FBC SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 -6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project or otherwise damaged during fabrication or installation as weathered touch-ups will not match factory applied finish. Replace damaged pieces. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 40 00-Quality Requirements, for field inspection requirements. B. Inspection will involve surveillance of work during installation to ascertain compliance with specified requirements. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim from the following materials of the minimum thicknesses indicated, unless otherwise required on the Drawings or to meet performance requirements. B. Sill Pans: Fabricate window and door sill pan flashings, and soldered closure flashing (saddles)for deck-to-column intersections with all corners soldered 100 percent watertight. 1. Material: Stainless steel, 316 2. Material Designation: Fl C. Base Flashing, Counterflashing, and flashings set in kerf cuts with sealant: 1. Material: Stainless steel, 316 2. Material Designation: F2 D. Jamb flashing: 1. Material: Pre-Finished Aluminum 2. Material Designation: F3 E. Metal break shape between aluminum storefront and aluminum window: 1. Material: Pre-Finished Aluminum 2. Material Designation: F4 F. Jamb closure piece: 1. Material: Pre-Finished Aluminum 2. Material Designation: F5 G. Interior metal break shape at base of storefront: 1. Material: Pre-Finished Aluminum 2. Material Designation: F6 END OF SECTION 07 62 00 FBC SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 62 00 - 7 SECTION 07 65 00 FLEXIBLE FLASHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provides flashing systems, moisture-retardant membranes, including sealing joints and protrusions through membrane, with accessories as required for complete installation. 1. All labor, material, tools, and superintendence necessary to complete self-adhered membrane flashing (SAM) installations. 2. Flashing panels to weatherproof electrical and plumbing penetrations in exterior walls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 00 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers C. Section 07 62 00— Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim C. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA 711 - Voluntary Specification for Self-Adhering Flashing Used for Installation of Exterior Wall Fenestration Products; 2007. B. AAMA 2400 - Standard Practice for Installation of Windows with a Mounting Flange in Stud Frame Construction; 2002. C. ASTM D 412—Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers—Tension ; 2006. D. ASTM D 570—Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics ; 1998 (Reapproved 2010). E. ASTM D 638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics; 2010. F. ASTM D 792 - Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement; 2008. G. ASTM D 903 - Standard Test Method for Peeling or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds; 1998 (Reapproved 2010). H. ASTM C920—Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. I. ASTM C1193— Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. J. ASTM D 1505 - Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient Technique; 2010. K. ASTM D 2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness; 2005 (Reapproved 2010). L. ASTM E 96— Standard Test for Evaluating Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2010. M. ASTM E 2112 - Standard Practice for Installation of Exterior Windows, Doors and Skylights; 2007. N. ASTM E 2266 - Standard Guide for Design and Construction of Low-Rise Frame Building Wall Systems to Resist Water Intrusion; 2011. FBC FLEXIBLE FLASHING 07 65 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements B. Product data: Submit manufacturer current technical literature for each type of product. C. Samples: 1. Submit two samples of flexible flashing membrane, 4x4 inch in size. 2. Submit two samples of plumbing and electrical flashing panels. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Provide manufacturer's written installation instructions. E. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Association's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section, with not less than three years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installation of products specified in this section with minimum 3 years experience. C. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines and recommendations. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver flexible flashing materials and components in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers, with identification labels intact. B. Store flexible flashing materials as recommended by manufacturer. Keep away from open flames or sources of ignition. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not apply flexible flashing on wet or damp surfaces. B. Apply to surfaces free of dirt, oils, lubricants and other debris. C. Install flexible flashing materials at temperatures above 40 F. At temperatures below 40 F, apply primer in accordance with flashing manufacturer recommendations, prior to installation of flashing. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals B. Contractor shall correct defective Work within a five (6) year period after Date of Substantial Project Completion; remove and replace materials concealing waterproofing at no cost to Association. C. Provide manufacturer's standard ten (10) year warranty for material defects of products specified in this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Dupont: DuPont; 4417 Lancaster Pike, Chestnut Run Plaza 728, Wilmington, DE 19805; 1-800-44-TYVEK (8-9835); http://www.construction.tyvek.com FBC FLEXIBLE FLASHING 07 65 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project Self-Adhering —Straight Flashing: 1. DuPont: 4417 Lancaster. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Self-Adhering, High Temperature Membrane: 1. Grace Construction Products; Product Grace Ultra: www.graceconstruction.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00- Product Requirements. C. Flashing Panels: 1. Quickflash Weatherproofing Products, Inc.:www.quickflashproducts.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Self-Adhering — Straight Flashing: 1. Basis of Design: Self-adhering straight flashing membrane tape is based on DuPont r' StraightFlashT" 2. Description: a. Face Material Composition: Textured polyethylene laminate barrier. b. Face color: white c. Adhesive composition: Butyl rubber d. Thickness: 30 mil e. Release Liner: 2-piece, heavy duty siliconized, scored release paper f. Dimension: 9 inches wide by 125 feet B. Self-Adhering — Flexible Flashing 1. Basis of Design: Self-adhering flexible flashing membrane is based on DuPont- FlexWrap- NF. 2. Description: a. Face Material Composition: Conformable textured polyethylene laminate barrier. b. Face color: White. c. Adhesive composition: Butyl adhesive d. Thickness: 64 mil e. Release liner: 2-part siliconized paper. f. Dimension: 9 inches wide by 75 feet C. Performance Characteristics: 1. Water intrusion: No leakage at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331. 2. Water Vapor Permeability: < 1 perm, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Seam Tape: DuPontTM Tyvek® Tape as distributed by DuPont Building Innovations. 1. Description: Pressure sensitive, polypropylene substrate with acrylic based adhesive. FBC FLEXIBLE FLASHING 07 65 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Fasteners: 1. DuPont"' Tyvek®Wrap Cap Screws as distributed by DuPont Building Innovations: 1-5/8 inch rust resistant screw with 2-inch diameter plastic cap or manufacturer approved 1-1/4 or 2-inch metal gasketed washer. C. Sealants: 1. Refer to Section 07 92 05 — Joint Sealants. D. Primer: 1. Provide flashing manufacturer recommended primer to assist in adhesion between substrate and flashing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate and surface conditions are in accordance with flexible flashing manufacturer recommended tolerances prior to installation. B. Review requirements for sequencing of installation of flexible flashing assembly with installation of windows, doors, louvers and wall penetrations to provide a weather-tight flashing assembly. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Properly prepare surfaces to receive flashing. If necessary, clean the surface. B. Ensure items which pass through membrane are properly and rigidly installed, substrate is fee of projections and irregularities which may be detrimental to proper installation of membrane. 3.03 INSTALLATION - FLEXIBLE FLASHING A. Cut flashing sections to required lengths. B. Prime intended surfaces as required by the manufacturer and use appropriate means (heat gun, etc.)to achieve adequate adhesion and position to ensure complete contact (free of wrinkles, bubbles, etc.) with the intended surfaces. C. It is recommended to firmly adhere flashing to intended surface by first applying adequate hand pressure and then using a steel hand roller. D. Overlap adjacent pieces of flashing in weatherboard fashion by at least 4 inches or as recommended by manufacturer for specific flashing and application indicated. E. Apply membrane in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, laid smooth without folds or bunches of materials. Seal laps and terminations as required by product manufacturer. F. Do not leave flashing exposed or unprotected from sunlight for more than thirty (30) days prior to covering. 3.04 INSTALLATION - FLASHING PANELS A. Install flashing panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and project drawings and details. B. Install flashing panel over pipe to form weatherproof seal around pipe. FBC FLEXIBLE FLASHING 07 65 00 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project C. Place weather barrier up behind bottom of flashing panel to bottom of pipe or electrical box. D. Place second layer of weather barrier over top of flashing panel to bottom front edge or further down. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify manufacturer's designated representative to obtain periodic observations of flexible flashing assembly installation. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed flexible flashing from damage during construction. END OF SECTION 07 65 00 FBC FLEXIBLE FLASHING 07 65 00 - 5 SECTION 07 90 05 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. B. Pre-compressed foam sealers. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2005. B. ASTM C 919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2008. C. ASTM C 920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2005. D. ASTM C 1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2009. E. ASTM C 1330 - Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants; 02(2007). F. ASTM C 1521 - Standard Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant Joints; 2009. G. ASTM D 1667 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials—Poly Vinyl Chloride Foam (Closed-Cell); 2005. H. ASTM D 2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness; 2010. I. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition; www.aqmd.gov. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Building Envelope Consultant. a. Locate test joints on integrated exterior mockups, where applicable. 2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below: a. Each kind of sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3. Notify Facade Consultant seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. i. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 5. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with FBC JOINT SEALANTS 07 90 05 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant performance criteria, substrate preparation, and limitations. C. Selection Samples: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application,joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate surface preparation. F. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. G. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements. H. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. I. Field-Adhesion Test Reports: For each sealant application tested. J. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each kind of joint sealant from single source from single manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Provide products tested according to SWRI's Sealant Validation Program for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920 for adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement, adhesion-in-peel, and indentation hardness. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Mockups: Install sealant in mock-ups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section. Refer to Section 01 40 00 for mock-up requirements. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: FBC JOINT SEALANTS 07 90 05 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Silicone Sealants: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for All other Types of Sealants: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve airtight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. D. Correction of Defective Work: For specified warranty periods, repair and/or replace joint sealant failures including damage to interior and/or exterior assemblies: 1. Failures resulting from defective products shall be corrected by the Manufacturer. 2. Failures resulting from defective installation where the product does not exhibit failure shall be corrected by the Installer. 3. There shall be no cost to Owner for correction of defective work within warranty periods. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers - General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 gIL. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. B. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Building Envelope Consultant from manufacturer's full range. 2.02 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use NT. 1. Products: a. BASF Building Systems; Omniseal 50. FBC JOINT SEALANTS 07 90 05 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project b. Dow Corning Corporation; 795. c. Momentive Performance Materials (formerly GE Silicones); SilPruf SCS2000. d. Pecora Corporation; 864. e. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; SikaSil-C995. f. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 2. 2. Locations of Use: a. Control, expansion and isolation joints in steel or aluminum. b. Joints between steel or aluminum components B. A one part, neutral cure silicone sealant, designed for adhering to low energy surfaces common in sheet or peel and stick weather resistant barriers: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 758. 2. Locations of Use: b. Locations where sealant is in contact with WRB or SAM 2.03 POLYURETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Traffic-Grade, Polyurethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use T. 1. Products: a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolastic NP 2. b. Pecora Corporation; Dynatred. c. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 2c NS. d. Tremco Incorporated; Dymeric 240. 2. Locations of Use: a. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in fiber cement panel siding. b. Joints between fiber cement panel siding. 2.04 PREFORMED JOINT SEALANTS A. Preformed Foam Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard preformed, pre-compressed, open-cell foam sealant manufactured from urethane foam with minimum density of 10 lb/cu. ft. (160 kg/cu. m) and impregnated with a nondrying, water-repellent agent. Factory produce in precompressed sizes in roll or stick form to fit joint widths indicated; coated on one side with a pressure-sensitive adhesive and covered with protective wrapping. 1. Products: a. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemicals; Polytite Standard. b. EMSEAL Joint Systems, Ltd.; Emseal 25V. c. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc.; Polyseal. d. Tremco Incorporated; Illmod 600. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. Confirm requirements base on preconstruction field testing. FBC JOINT SEALANTS 07 90 05 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM C 1330 Type B, cylindrical, bi-cellular material; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. 1. Products: a. Sof Rod manufactured by Nomaco Inc. b. Sonolastic Soft Backer-Rod manufactured by BASF. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. B. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction field tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Prepare Job Site Daily Log Reports: 1. Date and description of weather conditions including average air temperature. FBC JOINT SEALANTS 07 90 05 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Location of joints sealed that day 3. Batch numbers of sealant and primer. 4. Note unusual conditions 5. Record checking preceding days work B. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. C. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 1193. D. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. E. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound-rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. F. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer. G. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. H. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. I. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. J. Tool joints concave. K. Seal bottoms of hollow metal frames to floor at resilient flooring. L. Seal edges of wainscots to door jambs. M. Seal thresholds in a full bed of sealant. N. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping. Do not pull or stretch material. Produce seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures, apply heat to sealant in compliance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surface. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform 1 test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or 1 test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. FBC JOINT SEALANTS 07 90 05 - 6 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria. 4. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. B. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION 07 90 05 FBC JOINT SEALANTS 07 90 05 - 7 SECTION 08 41 13 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum entrances and storefronts. 1. Arcadia, Inc., AG451T Series, 2" x 4-1/2"Thermally broken; center glazed system, screw spline, shear block, compensating stick or punched opening fabrication for 1" glass. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 03 30 00 - Concrete C. Section 05 21 00 - Structural Steel Framing D. Section 05 40 00 - Cold Formed Metal Framing E. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers F. Section 07 41 20 - Metal Panel Siding G. Section 07 45 70 —Cementitious Panels H. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim I. Section 07 65 00 - Flexible Flashing J. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants K. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing 1.03 REFERENCES A. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association - www.aamanet.org 1. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05 "Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Unit Skylights" 2. AAMA 503-08 " Voluntary Specification for Field Testing Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems" 3. AAMA 611-98 "Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum" 4. AAMA 701/702-04 "Voluntary Specification for Pile Weatherstripping and Replaceable Fenestration Weatherseals" 5. AAMA 800-07 "Voluntary Specifications and Test Methods for Sealants" 6. AAMA CW-10-04 "Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum from Shop to Site" B. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials—www.astm.org 1. ASTM E 283-04 "Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen" 2. ASTM E 330-02 "Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference" 3. ASTM E 547-00 "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential" FBC ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 4. ASTM E 1105 "Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference" 5. ASTM E 2190-02 "Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation" C. NFRC- National Fenestration Rating Council - www.nfrc.org 1. NFRC 100-04 "Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U Factors" 2. NFRC 102-04 "Procedure for Measuring the Steady-State Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Systems" 3. NFRC 500-04 "Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Condensation Resistance Values" D. IGCC- Insulating Glass Certification Council-www.igcc.org E. SGCC -Safety Glazing Certification Council-www.sgcc.org 1. ANSI Z97.1-04 "American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials used in Buildings -Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test" 2. 16 CFR 1201 "Consumer Product Safety Commission Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials-codified at Title 16, Part 1201 of the Code of Federal Regulations" 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: In addition to requirements shown or specified, comply with: 1. Applicable provisions of AAMA Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual for design, materials, fabrication and installation of component parts. B. Design Requirements: Arcadia AG451T Series is a framing system that provides for flush glazing on all sides without projected stops, with glass in the center of the frame. Framing system suitable for outside or inside glazing. C. Performance Requirements: 1. Limit air leakage through assembly to 0.06 CFM/min/sq. ft. (.00003 m3/sm2) of wall area at 6.24 PSF (300 Pa)as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. 2. Water Resistance: No water leakage when measured in accordance with ASTM E331 with a static test pressure of 12PSF(480 Pa). 3. Limit mullion windload deflection of U175 with full recovery of glazing materials, when measured in accordance with ASTM E 330. 4. System shall not deflect more than 1/8" at the center point, or 1/16" at the center point of a horizontal member, once dead load points have been established. 5. System shall accommodate expansion and contraction movement due to surface temperature differential of 180 degrees F. 6. Seismic testing shall conform to AAMA recommended static test method for evaluating performance of curtain walls and storefront wall systems due to horizontal displacements associated with seismic movements and building sway. 7. Thermal Performance-When tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 the following results should be attained: U-Maximum .63/CRF- minimum of 59. 8. National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) specific application evaluation. FBC ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: 1. Obtain entrances, storefronts, ribbon walls, window walls, curtain walls, window systems, and finish through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Provide test reports from AAMA accredited laboratories certifying the performances as specified in 1.04. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in fabrication of aluminum entrances and storefronts with not fewer than three years of experience. D. Pre-Installation Meetings: Conduct pre-installation meeting to verify project requirements, substrate conditions, manufacturer's installation instructions, and manufacturer's warranty requirements. E. Mockups: Construct mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. The initial installation of a complete aluminum entrance and storefront unit with all adjacent components and assemblies complete shall be considered as the mockup for this section. 2. Field-testing shall be performed on mockups in accordance with the requirements set forth in "Field Quality Control". 3. Approval of the mockup does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless the Building Envelope Consultant specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed work if undisturbed at the time of substantial completion. F. Field Quality Control Reports. 1. Submit field quality control reports on a weekly basis in conjunction with construction meetings. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, information on glass and glazing, internal drainage details, and descriptions of hardware and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions, elevations of different types, framed opening tolerances, and installation requirements. D. Certificates: Certify that aluminum entrances and storefronts meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include complete preparation, installation, and cleaning requirements. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to project site and store in manufacturer's protective cartons until openings are ready for door installation. B. Protect finished surfaces with wrapping paper or strippable coating during installation. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond to substrate when exposed to sunlight or weather. FBC ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F (5 degrees C). B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 24 hours after installation of sealants. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five (5) year period after Date of Substantial Project C. Completion. Warranted against failure and/or deterioration of metals due to manufacturing process for a period of two (2)years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Arcadia, Inc., 2301 E Vernon, Vernon, CA. Telephone 323/269-7300, Fax 323/269-7390. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Arcadia, Inc., AG451T Series. 2.02 FRAMING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Framing members, transition members, mullions, adaptors, and mounting: Extruded 6063-T6 aluminum alloy (ASTM B221 —Alloy G.S. 10a T6). B. Screws, fastening devices, and internal components: Aluminum, stainless steel, or zinc-plated steel in accordance with ASTM.A-164. Perimeter anchors shall be aluminum or steel, providing the steel is properly isolated from aluminum. C. Glazing Gasket 1. Compression-type design, replaceable, molded or extruded, or ethylene propylene diene monomer(EPDM). 2. Shall be of type that locks securely into the glazing reglet to prevent glazing gaskets from disengaging. 2.03 FINISH A. Finish all exposed areas of aluminum and components as indicated. 1. An Architectural Class II or I anodic coating conforming with AA-M 12C22A31/AA-M 12C22A41. a. Anodize finish color shall match existing. 2.04 SYSTEM FABRICATION A. Continuous sub-sill shall be provided under sill members to collect water infiltration and divert from the interior of the system. B. Framing members shall be internally reinforced and secured at head and sill as necessary for structural performance requirements, for hardware attachment, and as indicated. C. Fasteners shall be so located as to ensure concealment from view in the final assembly. FBC ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions and verify substrate conditions are acceptable for product installation and opening dimensions and clearances are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare opening to permit correct installation of entrance and storefront units in conjunction with air and vapor seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, AAMA 2400 ('Method B), and detail drawings. B. Attach frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten sliding door assembly to wall construction without distortion or imposed stresses. D. Install perimeter sealant in accordance with requirements of Section 07 90 05. E. Install perimeter trim in accordance with drawings and details, or to match pre-existing 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). C. Maximum Variation from Level: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). D. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from 10-foot (3 m) straight edge. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of representative areas to determine compliance of installed systems with specified requirements shall take place as follows. Do not proceed with installation of the next area until test results for previously completed areas show compliance with requirements. 1. Water Penetration: A minimum of three (3) complete aluminum entrance and storefront units shall be tested according to ASTM E 1105 at a minimum uniform and cyclic static-air-pressure difference of 0.67 times the static-air-pressure difference specified for laboratory testing under"Performance Requirements" but not less than 4.18 lbf/sq. ft., and shall not show evidence of water penetration. 2. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum of three (3) complete aluminum entrance and storefront units shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not show evidence of water penetration. C. Repair or remove work if test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. FBC ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project D. Test Failure: For purposes of this Section, failure shall be defined as the following: No evidence of uncontrolled water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas shall be evident on the innermost surface of the vertical framing members or interior surfaces. If any part of the specimen fails to meet the water penetration resistance specifications, the responsible contractor shall determine the reason for the failure. The problem shall be corrected and the specimen retested. Upon satisfactorily passing a retest, any similar deficiencies throughout the entire project shall be corrected by the responsible contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. If window(s)fail testing, Contractor is responsible for correcting assembly of failed unit and any other unit with the same problem. Contractor is responsible for all costs to re-test failed window assemblies and performing additional test(s) until window assembly achieves a "pass" result from testing. 1. In the event of a failed test, the Building Envelope Consultant will select two (2) additional locations for testing. These two (2) locations shall be in addition to re-testing the failed location. 2. Procedure shall be repeated until all tested specimens achieve a "pass" result. F. Aluminum-framed assemblies will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. B. Remove protective material from factory-finished surfaces. C. Remove labels and visible markings. D. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and aluminum entrance and storefront manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. E. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant and aluminum entrance and storefront manufacturer. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage during subsequent construction activities. END OF SECTION 08 41 13 FBC ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 - 6 SECTION 08 51 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum windows. 1. Arcadia Inc., T200 Series (thermal) Heavy Commercial Fixed, Casement, Awning and Hopper Windows, 2-inch depth. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary of Work B. Section 03 30 00 - Concrete C. Section 05 21 00 - Structural Steel Framing D. Section 07 25 00 - Weather Barriers E. Section 07 41 20 - Metal Panel Siding F. Section 07 46 70 - Fiber Cement Panel Siding G. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim H. Section 07 65 00 - Flexible Flashing I. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealants J. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing 1.03 REFERENCES A. AAMA -American Architectural Manufacturers Association - www.aamanet.org 2. AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05 "Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Unit Skylights" 3. AAMA 503-08 " Voluntary Specification for Field Testing Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems" 4. AAMA 611-98 "Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum" 5. AAMA 701/702-04 "Voluntary Specification for Pile Weatherstripping and Replaceable Fenestration Weatherseals" 6. AAMA 800-07 "Voluntary Specifications and Test Methods for Sealants" 7. AAMA CW-10-04 "Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum from Shop to Site" B. ASTM -American Society for Testing and Materials—www.astm.org 1. ASTM E 283-04 "Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen" 2. ASTM E 330-02 "Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference" 3. ASTM E 547-00 "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential" 4. ASTM E 1105 "Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference" FBC SLIDING GLASS DOORS 08 51 13 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 5. ASTM E 2190-02 "Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation" C. NFRC— National Fenestration Rating Council—www.nfrc.org 1. NFRC 100-04 "Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U Factors" 2. NFRC 102-04 "Procedure for Measuring the Steady-State Thermal Transmittance of Fenestration Systems" 3. NFRC 500-04 "Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Condensation Resistance Values" D. IGCC — Insulating Glass Certification Council—www.igcc.org E. SGCC —Safety Glazing Certification Council —www.sgcc.org 1. ANSI Z97.1-04 "American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials used in Buildings —Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test" 2. 16 CFR 1201 "Consumer Product Safety Commission Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials—codified at Title 16, Part 1201 of the Code of Federal Regulations" 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: In addition to requirements shown or specified, comply with: 1. Applicable provisions of AAMA Aluminum Windows and Sliding Glass Doors Manual for design, materials, fabrication and installation of component parts. B. Design Requirements: Arcadia T200 Series (thermal) Heavy Commercial Fixed, Casement, Awning and Hopper Windows 2-inch depth. Hinged compression sealed aluminum windows. Suitable for outside or inside glazing. C. Performance Requirements: 1. Conformance to F-AW55, C-AW80, AP-AW80 specifications in AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S. 2/A440-8. a. Air Infiltration: Accordance with ASTM E 283 at a static air pressure difference of 6.24 psf. Air infiltration shall not exceed .30 cfm per square foot. b. Water Resistance: Accordance with ASTM E 331/ASTM E 547 at a static air pressure difference of 12 psf. No water leakage. c. Uniform Load Structural: Aluminum window systems comply with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08, Voluntary specifications for aluminum windows. Guidelines for specified AW rated product. d. Component testing:Accordance with procedures described in AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S. 2/A440-08. e. Forced Entry Resistance:All windows shall conform to CAWM 301-90. f. Condensation Resistance Test: (CRF) when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.1-88, the condensation resistance factor shall not be less than 51. g. Thermal Transmittance Test: Accordance with AAMA 1503.1-88, (U-Value) not more than .59 BTU/hr/sf/°F. h. Thermal Movements: Allow thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient temperature. (a) 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. FBC ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08 51 13 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: 1. Obtain entrances, storefronts, ribbon walls, window walls, curtain walls, window systems, and finish through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Provide test reports from AAMA accredited laboratories certifying the performances as specified in 1.04. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in fabrication of aluminum windows with not fewer than three years of experience. D. Pre-Installation Meetings: Conduct pre-installation meeting to verify project requirements, substrate conditions, manufacturer's installation instructions, and manufacturer's warranty requirements. E. Mockups: Construct mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. The initial installation of a complete aluminum window unit with all adjacent components and assemblies complete shall be considered as the mockup for this section. 2. Field-testing shall be performed on mockups in accordance with the requirements set forth in "Field Quality Control". 3. Approval of the mockup does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless the Building Envelope Consultant specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed work if undisturbed at the time of substantial completion. F. Field Quality Control Reports. 1. Submit field quality control reports on a weekly basis in conjunction with construction meetings. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, information on glass and glazing, internal drainage details, and descriptions of hardware and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions, elevations of different types, sections, details, framed opening tolerances, attachments to other work, and installation requirements. D. Certificates: Certify that aluminum windows meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include complete preparation, installation, and cleaning requirements. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to project site and store in manufacturer's protective cartons until openings are ready for door installation. B. Protect finished surfaces with wrapping paper or strippable coating during installation. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond to substrate when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F (5 degrees C). FBC ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08 51 13 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 24 hours after installation of sealants. C. Field Measurements: Verify aluminum window openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five (5)year period after Date of Substantial Project C. Completion. Warranted against failure and/or deterioration of metals due to manufacturing process for a period of two (2)years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Arcadia, Inc., 2301 E Vernon, Vernon, CA. Telephone 323/269-7300, Fax 323/269-7390. B. Acceptable Products: 1. Arcadia Inc.,T200 Series (thermal) 2.02 MATERIALS A. Extruded aluminum profiles 6063-T6 alloy and temper(ASTM B221 G.S. 10A-T6). B. All framing members .125 minimum wall thickness. C. At Casement, Awning, and Hopper windows provide heavy-duty four bar hinges shall be stainless steel only, with asymmetric end caps, and adjustable limit stops. Lock and latches cast white bronze, US-25D finish. D. Weatherstrip EPDM bulb type conforming to ASTM D2000 AA515 and shall be keyed into extruded grooves. E. Back glazing two-sided adhesive, 15 lbs./ft.3 density, polyethylene tape. Glazing wedges shall be EPDM or Santoprene. F. At operable windows provide screens made of extruded aluminum frame and screened with either 18 x 14 aluminum or fiber mesh. G. Thermal barrier material poured-in-place two part polyurethane. 2.03 FINISH A. Finish all exposed areas of aluminum and components as indicated. 1. An Architectural Class II or I anodic coating conforming with AA-M 12C22A31/AA-M 12C22A41. a. Anodize finish color shall match existing. 2.04 SYSTEM FABRICATION A. Frame components mitered, reinforced extruded corner key, hydraulically crimped, and "cold welded." B. All ventilator extensions tubular, each corner mitered, reinforced extruded corner key, hydraulically crimped, and "cold welded." FBC ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08 51 13 -4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project C. All corners weather sealed with an elastomeric sealant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine openings, substrate, structural supports, anchorages, and verify that conditions are acceptable for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances; rough opening dimensions; levelness of sill plate; coordination with wall flashings, and other built-in components; operational clearances; and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare opening to permit correct installation of window units in conjunction with air and vapor seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,AAMA 2400 ('Method B), and detail drawings. B. Attach frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten sliding door assembly to wall construction without distortion or imposed stresses. D. Install perimeter sealant in accordance with requirements of Section 07 90 05. E. Install perimeter trim in accordance with drawings and details, or to match pre-existing. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). C. Maximum Variation from Level: 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). D. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm)from 10-foot(3 m) straight edge. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections. B. Testing Services:Testing and inspecting of representative areas to determine compliance of installed systems with specified requirements shall take place as follows. Do not proceed with installation of the next area until test results for previously completed areas show compliance with requirements. 1. Water Penetration:A minimum of three(3)complete aluminum window units shall be tested according to ASTM E 1105 at a minimum uniform and cyclic static-air-pressure difference of 0.67 times the static-air-pressure difference specified for laboratory testing under "Performance Requirements" but not less than 4.18 lbf/sq. ft., and shall not show evidence of water penetration. FBC ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08 51 13 -5 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 2. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum of three (3) complete aluminum window units shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not show evidence of water penetration. C. Repair or remove work if test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. D. Test Failure: For purposes of this Section,failure shall be defined as the following: No evidence of uncontrolled water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas shall be evident on the innermost surface of the vertical framing members or interior surfaces. If any part of the specimen fails to meet the water penetration resistance specifications, the responsible contractor shall determine the reason for the failure. The problem shall be corrected and the specimen retested. Upon satisfactorily passing a retest, any similar deficiencies throughout the entire project shall be corrected by the responsible contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. If window(s) fail testing, Contractor is responsible for correcting assembly of failed unit and any other unit with the same problem. Contractor is responsible for all costs to re-test failed window assemblies and performing additional test(s) until window assembly achieves a "pass" result from testing. 1. In the event of a failed test, the Building Envelope Consultant will select two (2) additional locations for testing. These two (2) locations shall be in addition to re-testing the failed location. 2. Procedure shall be repeated until all tested specimens achieve a "pass" result. F. Aluminum windows will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. G. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. B. Remove protective material from factory-finished surfaces. C. Remove labels and visible markings. D. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and aluminum window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. E. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant and aluminum window manufacturer. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage during subsequent construction activities. END OF SECTION 08 51 13 FBC ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08 51 13 - 6 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats as specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Scope: Finish all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view to match existing colors, unless fully factory-finished, or unless otherwise indicated, including the following: 1. Fiber cement panel siding. 2. Interior finishes adjacent to Work. 3. Break metal shapes where needed to match existing. 4. Gutters and downspouts where needed to match existing. C. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items fully factory-finished unless specifically so indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Non-metallic roofing and flashing. 6. Stainless steel, anodized aluminum, copper and copper alloys, bronze, tin, and lead items. 7. Floors, unless specifically so indicated. 8. Glass. 9. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 10. Concrete. 11. Brick masonry. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 40 CFR 59, Sub-part D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. B. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2011. C. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials; 2007. D. GreenSeal GS-11 - Paints; 1993. E. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Master Painters and Decorators Association; current edition. FBC PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00 - 1 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project F. SSPC (PM1) - Good Painting Practice: SSPC Painting Manual, Vol. 1; Society for Protective Coatings; Fourth Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system (copy of relevant MPI Manual page is acceptable). C. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size for each finish and for each color and texture required. D. Certification: By manufacturer that all paints and coatings comply with VOC limits specified. E. Certification: By manufacturer that all paints and coatings do not contain any of the prohibited chemicals specified; GreenSeal GS-11 certification is not required but if provided shall constitute acceptable certification. F. Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated surfaces. G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Association's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Paint and Coatings: 5 gallons (19 L) of each color and type; store where directed. 3. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum five years experience. B. Maintain one copy of relevant portions of MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual on project site at all times. C. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual," SSPC Standards, and paint manufacturer's recommendations for products and paint systems indicated. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for mock-up. B. Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Locate where directed. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples. 3. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of additional colors at no added cost to Association. C. Mock-up may remain as part of the work. FBC PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00 - 2 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and a maximum of 90 degrees F(32 degrees C), in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. D. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) for interiors; 50 degrees F (10 degrees C)for exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles (860 lx) measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide standard manufacturer warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide all paint and coating products used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions. B. Provide all paint and coating products from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. C. Paints: Acceptable manufacturers are limited to the following: 1. Miller Paint Company: www.millerpaint.com 2. Sherwin Williams Paint Company: www.sherwin-williams.com D. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed coating. 1. Provide paints and coatings of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. 2. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. FBC PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00 - 3 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 3. If possible, supply each coating material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 4. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. 5. Products: a. Acri-Lite manufactured by Miller Paint Company. b. Alternate: A100 manufactured by Sherwin Williams Paint Company. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Primers: Where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as 'best" by the manufacturer. C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Colors: To match existing color or as directed by Association. E. Sheen: Satin or semi-gloss and as approved by Association. 1. Charlie is not permitted. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide all primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and cleanup materials required to achieve the finishes specified whether specifically indicated or not; commercial quality. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin application of coatings until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. D. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Building Envelope Consultant of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. E. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. F. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to coating application. FBC PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00 - 4 Alberta Rider Elementary (12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove incompatible primers and re-prime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. E. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. F. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. G. Exterior cladding to receive opaque finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after prime coat has been applied. Back prime concealed surfaces before installation. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Exterior cladding to receive opaque finish: If final painting must be delayed more than 2 weeks after installation of woodwork, apply primer within 2 weeks and final coating within 4 weeks. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated: 1. Spray and back roll all cementitious panel cladding. 2. Spray and brush all trim. 3. Metal materials: per product manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Where adjacent sealant is to be painted, do not apply finish coats until sealant is applied. D. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. E. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. F. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. G. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. H. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished coatings until completion of project. B. Protect adjacent work against damage from paint application. Correct damage to adjacent work by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Building Envelope Consultant, and leave in an undamaged condition. C. Touch-up damaged coatings after Substantial Project Completion. 3.06 SCHEDULE A. Type 1 - For unprimed or cut siding, trim and battens: FBC PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00 - 5 Alberta Rider Elementary(12-283) ADDENDUM 2 04/12/2013 Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project 1. Apply minimum 1 coat of high quality, alkali-resistant primer. 2. Apply 2 coats of high quality, 100 percent acrylic exterior grade topcoat within 90 days of installation B. Type 2 - For factory-primed siding, trim and battens: 1. Apply 2 coats of high quality, 100 percent acrylic exterior topcoat within 180 days of installation. END OF SECTION 09 90 00 FBC PAINTING AND COATING 09 90 00 -6 DEAF AIA Document A107 ' - 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Project of Limited Scope AGREEMENT made as of the« »day of«March»in the year t<2013 »("Effective Date") (In words, indicate day,month and year.) BETWEEN Owner: ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document (Name, legal status, address and other information) has added information needed for its completion. «Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J »« » The author may also have « Larry Hibbard Administration Center» origina the text of the original AI s andard form. « 6960 S.W. Sandburg Street» An Addition ad Deletions « Tigard,Oregon 97223» Report that no es added information as well as and Contractor: revisions t the standard form text.' available. (Name, legal status, address and other information) the author and should be reviewed. «TBD»« » This document has impo. « » legal consequences. Consultation with an « » attorney is encouraged with « » respect_t r 'ts completion or mods if cation' for the following Project: � (Name, location and detailed description) «The deconstruction,repair,rehabilitation and replacement of targeted areas of the Alberta Rider Elementary School(the"School")located at 14850 S.W. 132"d Terrace, Tigard,Oregon 97224.» « » « » Architect&Building Envelope Consultant("Architect"): (Name, legal status, address and other information) «Forensic Building Consultants»« » - « 1200 NW Naito Parkway» « Suite 100» • Portland,Oregon 97209» -----� Owner and Contractor agree as follows. ELECTRONIC COPYING of any portion of this AIA® Document to another electronic file is prohibited and constitutes a violation of copyright laws as set forth in the footer of this document. AIA Document A107a' - 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 1 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.57838006241 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3 CONTRACT SUM 4 PAYMENT 5 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 6 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS 8 OWNER 9 CONTRACTOR 10 ARCHITECT 11 SUBCONTRACTORS 12 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 13 CHANGES IN THE WORK 14 TIME 15 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 16 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 17 INSURANCE& BONDS 18 CORRECTION OF WORK 19 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 20 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 21 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES ARTICLE 1 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The term"Work"means the construction and services required of Contractor by the Contract Documents,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment and services provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.Contractor shall execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others.Contractor's Work described in the Contract Documents includes, ith t limitation,the ', following: ` .1 Providing all labor,materials,equipment,supplies,supervision,utilities,and tools ecessary to construct the Project as identified in the Contract Documents; .2 Coordinating with all parties permitted to perform Work on the Project site; .3 Supervising,coordinating,and directing the construction personnel; .4 Creating and monitoring the project schedule; ALA Document A107" - 2007. Copyright 0 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This ALA° Document is protected by V.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. ,2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) .5 Managing and overseeing all subcontractors; .6 Reporting and documenting the existing conditions of the School; .7 Providing litigation support services,as requested by Owner; .8 Preparing and reviewing documentation of the building envelope rehabilitation; .9 Implementing a safety program;and .10 Complying with all applicable laws,codes,regulations,and applicable jurisdi :. al inspections. ARTICLE 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §2.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date stated belowOwner. (Insert the date of commencement, if it differs from the date of this Agreement or, if applic,.le,state t 't t e 'ate will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) «June 13,2013 » §2.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. §2.3 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than August 15,2013, sub) t to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert number of calendar days.Alternatively,a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date f commencement.If appropriate, insert requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certa n portion of e Work.) §2.4 Contractor acknowledges that the School is the subject of potential construction defect litigation. In connection with the potential litigation,various contractors,subcontractors,material suppliers,inspectors,experts, and other legal and construction personnel("Third Parties")may request access to the premises.Contractor shall schedule the Work to allow for the observations,testing,and gathering of evidence by Third Parties. No lc aim fo additional time or compensation will be allowed arising from the presence of Third Parties on the Pro'ecJ t. §2.4.1 Preservation of Evidence and Coordination with Third Parties Contractor understands that Owner is continuing to investigate potential claims relating to the originalction of the School. Contractor expressly agrees to cooperate fully with Owner's investigation,including but not limited to preserving evidence and accommodating third party observation and documentation(including photographic documentation)of existing conditions of the School.Contractor further acknowledges that Owner or Architect may direct Contractor to facilitate Owner's investigation,and that Contractor may be called to testify in any proceedin related to the original construction of the School.» ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT SUM §3.1 Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds forContractor's perforrh►ance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be one of the following: (Check the appropriate box.) [ « X» ] Stipulated Sum,in accordance with Section 3.2 below [ e » ] Cost of the Work plus Contractor's Fee,in accordance with Section 3.3 bolo [« a ] Cost of the Work plus Contractor's Fee with a Guaranteed Maximum Price,' accordance with Section 3.4 below (Based on the selection above,complete Section 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4 below.) ALA Document A107s' - 2007. Copyright a 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This ALA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorised reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §3.1.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Contract Documents,the Contract Sum is sufficient compensation for costs that may arise due to delays or interference caused by Owner or Third Parties as described in Section 2.4,and all construction contingencies for existing site conditions other than for pre-existing Hazardous Materials. Contractor is thoroughly acquainted with and has inspected the Project site without restriction,understands the potential risks in this construction Work,and accepts the full risk of activities of Third Parties and construction contingencies to complete the Work within the Contract Time and tract Sum set out in this Agreement. §3.2 The Stipulated Sum shall be« [INSERT]»($ «[INSERT] »), subject to additions an de uctions as provided in the Contract Documents. §3.2.1 The Stipulated Sum is based upon the following alternates,if any,which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates.If the bidding or proposa documents permit Owner to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,attach a scedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires.) t< §3.2.2 Unit prices,if any: (ldent5 and state the unit price, and state the quantity limitations, if any,to which the uni Sri e will he app cable.) Item Units and Limitations Price Per Unit($0.00) §3.2.3 Allowances included in the stipulated sum,if any: ((dent allowance and state exclusions, if any,from the allowance price.) Item Allowance § 3.2.4 Payments by Owner to Contractor shall be subject to retainage of five percent under Section . § 3.3 [Deleted] §3.3.1[Deleted] §3.3.2[Deleted] §3.4[Deleted] §3.4.1 §3.4.2 [Deleted] § 3.4.3[Deleted] §3.4.3.1[Deleted] §3.4.3.2 [Deleted] §3.4.3.3[Deleted] §3.4.3.4[Deleted] §3.4.3.5 [Deleted] ARTICLE 4 PAYMENTS §4.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS ,1 §4.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to Architect by Contractor and Ce fic tes for Payment issued by Architect,Owner shall approve and make progress payments on account of the C n ct Sum to Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §4.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month e ding on the last day of the month. AIA Document A107. - 2007. Copyright O 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School WNW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JNW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §4.1.3 Payments are due and payable 30 days from receipt of Contractor's complete invoice or 15 days after payment is approved by Owner,whichever is earlier. §4.1.4 Retainage,if any,shall be withheld as follows: «A retainage of five percent(5%)will be withheld from each month's progress payment application. Final retention monies will be released within 75 days after the date of Substantial Completion if(i)all punch list work has been completed,(ii)all corrective changes have been completed,and(iii)Owner accepts the project as complete.» §4.1.5 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate set forth in ORS 279C.570(2). §4.1.6 Owner and Architect shall review each Application for Payment.Owner's approval(wl4ich shall not be unreasonably withheld)shall be required for each Application for Payment before any pro ess payment will become due.Owner shall expeditiously process each Application for Payment and shall provide detailed and reasoned explanations for any amounts for which it disagrees with Architect.As a condition of approval,but without limitation of any other conditions,each Application for Payment must contain written certification by Contractor: .1 That the Application for Payment represents an accurate estimate of the percentage of work completed for each portion of the Work for which partial payment is sought; '' .2 That to Contractor's best knowledge,no bond claims have been asserted or perfected as of the date of the Application for Payment—if such a claim has been made,Contractor must provide details of the claim(s)including how such claim(s)will be disposed of; .3 That Contractor has paid or will pay all amounts claimed in the Application :or Payment that are due and payable to Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,vendors,material suppliers and all other construction personnel,except for retainage,from funds received under the Application for Payment; .' I .4 That all subcontractors and suppliers paid or to be paid under the Application for Payment have " executed valid and binding waivers of bond rights and claims for payment through the date-or ie Application for Payment—Contractors must provide any waivers with the Applica>:iol1 for P e or if there is such a claim,giving the details thereof. .5 That Contractor has executed a signed waiver of any and all bond rights and claims for payment_ through the date of the Application for Payment—Contractor must provide such waiver w Application for Payment;and .6 That there is no other known claim or basis for claim for payment against Owner other than is identified in the Application for Payment. §4.2 FINAL PAYMENT §4.2.1 Final payment,constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,shall be m e by Owne i Contractor when .1 Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for Contractor's respons ili to come t ` irk < provided in Section 18.2,and to satisfy other requirements,if any,which ex n beyond f al payment; .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by Architect; .3 Contractor has submitted for itself and for all its subcontractors and supplie final,executed and binding certificates,releases,and waivers of all lien and bond rights and claims and all claims to payment in a form acceptable to Owner; .4 Contractor has submitted to Owner all Project Record Documents,manuals,operation instructions, directions,safety manuals or guides,and any other deliverables required by the tract Documents; .5 All rights,warranties,title,and claims to materials,equipment,or systems sup ied under this Agreement have been validly transferred to Owner or Owner's assignee;and .6 All necessary inspections,approvals,licenses,and permits have been succes ful obtained or properly excused and the Project may be occupied and used without restricti n. §4.2.2 Owner's final payment to Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the is ua a of Architect's final Certificate for Payment. AIA Document A107. - 2007. Copyright 0 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by V.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 5 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §4.2.3 Owner may,at its sole option and without creating precedent or waiver,approve the earlier release of retainage for Work that has been completed and accepted upon receipt of a binding waiver or release of all bond rights and claims associated with that portion of the Work or upon Owner's receipt of a valid bond that is sufficient to pay any claims that may be asserted for the portion of the Work,including attorney fees. ARTICLE 5 DISPUTE RESOLUTION §5.1 BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION For any claim subject to,but not resolved by,mediation under Section 21.3,the method of rin ing dispute resolution shall be as follows: (Check the appropriate box.If Owner and Contractor do not select a method of binding dispute resolution below, or do not subsequently agree in writing to a binding dispute resolution method other than litigation, claims will be resolved in a court of competent jurisdiction.) [ « X» ] Arbitration under Section 21.4 of this Agreement [« » ] Litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction [a #j Other(Spec) ARTICLE 6 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §6.1 The Contract Documents are defined in Article 7 and,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated in the sections below. §6.1.1 The Agreement is this executed AlA Document A 107-2007,Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Project of Limited Scope. §6.1.2 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract: Document Title Date Project Manual frike, Alberta Rider 03-25-13 Elementary School Building Envelope Rehabilitation Project id [INSERT OTHER' LIMPORPM1111111.1111 --�/ CONDITIONS] §6.1.3 The Specifications: (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) « [INSERT SPECIFICATIONS] » Section Title Date Pages §6.1.4 The Drawings: (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) « [INSERT DRAWINGS] » Number Title Date §6.1.5 The Addenda,if any: Number Date Pages AIA Document A107s' - 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Motes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are enumerated in this Article 6. §6.1.6 Additional documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents: .1 Exhibit A,Determination of the Cost of the Work,if applicable. .2 .3 Other documents: (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents.) PO I ARTICLE 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS I ! §7.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are enumerated in Article 6 and consist of this Agreement(inclu ing,if applicable, Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued before the Effective Date,other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after th Effective Date. Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Chan ge Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issue dd by Architect.Th intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the rk by Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding,as i required by all;performance by Contractor shall be required to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents °' and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. iI §7.1.1 Unless specifically enumerated in the Contract,the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms,other information furnished by Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals,Contractor's bid or proposal,or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements. /° §7.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction.The Contract represents the entire and gratedt agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents-shall notl)e construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between Contractor and Architect or Architect consultants,(2)between Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor,(3)between Owner and Architect or Architect's consultants,or(4)between any persons or entities other than Owner and Contractor.Architect and ice,., Contractor shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations of each o under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of their respective duties. , "t --- §7.3 [Deleted] §7.4 INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE Instruments of Service are physical representations,Drawings,Specifications,and other docu ents(incl in those in electronic form)of the tangible creative work performed by Architect and Architect's consultants for the Project under their respective professional services agreements.Instruments of Service may include,without limitation, studies,surveys,models,sketches,drawings,specifications,and other similar materials. §7.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE §7.5.1 Architect and Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service,including the Drawings and Specifications,and will retain all common law,statutory and other reserved rights,including copyrights.Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and material o equipment suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution t meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as ub 'cation in derogation ofArchitect's or Architect's consultants'reserved rights. §7.5.2 Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them solely and exclusively for executio ork. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice,if any,shown on the Instruments of Service. AIA Document A107.- 2007. Copyright c 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA. Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. ,' Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800629 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and material or equipment suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent ofOwner,Architect and Architect's consultants. §7.6 TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN DIGITAL FORM If the parties intend to transmit Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form, they shall endeavor to establish necessary protocols governing such transmission,unless otherwise provided in the Agreement or in the Contract Documents.Neither party shall be responsible for software,hardware,computer,or other technical errors and omissions that arise outside the control of that party. §7.7 KNOWLEDGE The terms"knowledge,""recognize,"and"discover,"their respective derivatives,and similar terms in the Contract Documents,as used in reference to Contractor,shall be interpreted to mean that which Contractor knows, recognizes,and discovers in exercising the care,skill,and diligence required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 OWNER I §8.1 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF OWNER §8.1.1 Owner shall furnish all necessary surveys and a legal description of the site. §8.1.2 Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by r b t shall ex rci e proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. §8.1.3 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of Contractor under the Contr t Do j.ltlents,including those required under Section 9.6.1,Owner shall secure and pay for other necessary approvals,easements, assessments,inspections,engineering costs,bonds,fees,and charges required for the construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. §8.2 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK §8.2.1 If Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Cont Documents,or fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,Owner may issue a written order to Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order is eliminated;howe4er, the right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part ofOwner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other person or entity. §8.2.2 Notwithstanding any other provision,Owner may,in its reasonable discretion,temporarily suspend all or any is portion of the Work,if the Work creates a hazard or if a life/safety threat exists to Owner's facility or its occupants. §8.2.3 Owner's rights stated in this Section 8.2.3 are in addition to,and not in restriction of( wner's other rights ghts or remedies,including without limitation Section 20.3. ' §8.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK §8.3.1 If Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of written notice from Owner to commence and contin a 4orrection of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,Owner may,without prejudice to any othfr remedies commence and continue to carry out the Work,including without limitation the correction of any deft envies.Owner may deduct from payments then or thereafter due to Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect,or failure.If payments then or thereafter due to Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. §83.2 If Contractor's default or negligence results in a hazard to the safety of persons or p pe ,Owner may commence and continue to carry out any Work necessary to mitigate the hazard immediate , gardless of the `t notice period. 1 s §8.3.3 Owner's right to commence and carry out the Work in this Section 8.3 shall not giv rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other person or enti . NIA Document A107. - 2007. Copyright O 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.B. Copyright Law and International Treaties. e Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AU' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 8 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §8.3.4 Owner may notify Contractor that it needs to exclude or remove from the Project site any or all employees, agents,suppliers,or representatives of Contractor or its Subcontractors who threaten the safety of others or are disruptive to the Project or Owner's operations.Contractor will supply replacement personnel promptly after receiving notice of the exclusion or removal.Nothing in this Section requires Contractor to take any particular employment or contract action with regard to an employee or Subcontractor. ARTICLE 9 CONTRACTOR §9.1 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR §9.1.1 Execution of the Contract by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visit site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and corn ate personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.In addition: .1 Contractor and each Subcontractor,as a condition precedent to commencement of the Work,shall: (a)become familiar with the location,condition,layout,and nature of the Project site and surrounding areas and generally prevailing climate conditions; (b)review all analyses,studies,and test data available to Contractor concerning the co itions of the Project site; (c)inspect the location of the Project site and satisfy themselves as to the condition thereof, including all observable structural,surface,and subsurface conditions; (d)evaluate the availability and cost of labor and trade Subcontractors and the availability and cost of materials,tools,and equipment;and (e)determine(i)that the Contract Sum is just and reasonable compensation for all the Work, including all foreseen and foreseeable construction risks,hazards,and difficulties f which Contractor is responsible under the Contract Documents,(ii)that the Contract Time-inadequate for the performance of the Work under the settings established by this Agreement,and(iii)that the means and methods of performing the Work will not result in any lateral or vertical movement of any adjacent structure. ~� Contractor or Subcontractor must notify Owner in writing before commencing the Work if it determines I that it cannot satisfy any of these conditions. .2 Owner shall not be required to make any adjustment in either the Contract or the tract Time in connection with any failure by Contractor or any Subcontractor t ha com 'ed i the requirements of this Section 9.1. §9.1.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary,Contractor shall,before start*a ch portio of e Work,carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of a Work, w-11 as the information furnished by Owner pursuant to Section 8.1.1,shall take field measurements o any existi g conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by Contractor and are not for th purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,Contractor shall promptly report to Owner and Architect any errors,inconsistencies,or omissions discovered by or made known to Contractor as a request for information in such form as Owner or Architect may require.It is recognized that Contractor's review is made inContractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design p,p)fessional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. §9.1.3 Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordanc with applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,bu ontractor shall promptly report to Owner and Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to Contra for as a request for information in such form as Architect may require. AIA Document A107m - 2007. Copyright O 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. n Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 9 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §9.2 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES §9.2.1 Contractor shall supervise,coordinate,and direct the Work,using Contractor's best skill and attention. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over all construction means,methods,techniques, sequences and procedures,and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract,unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters.If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures,Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and,except as stated below,shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures.If Contractor determines that such means, methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures may not be safe,Contractor shall give timely written notice to Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from Architect.If Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by Contractor,Owner or Architect shall be responsible for any loss or damage arising from those Architect-or Owner-required means,methods,techniqu s,sequences,or procedures. If loss or damage results from the conduct of both Owner and Architect,Owner and Architect each shall be responsible for its own proportionate share of the claimant's damages under the laws of the state of Oregon. §9.2.2 Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for acts and omissions ofContractor's employees,Subcontractors of any tier and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or n behalf of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. §9.2.3 Before commencement of any Work,Contractor will meet with representatives of Owner and its facility management personnel to review requirements of Owner's building rules and policies. Contractor's personnel, including its Subcontractors'personnel,will be required to attend these meetings and receive written materials or other orientation on these matters. §9.2.4 Contractor and its Subcontractors may not use Owner's tools,equipment,or materials unless authorized to do so in advance by Owner's Representative. §9.23 Contractor shall identify utility interruptions,which must strictly conform to those identified i ' a Pro ct, Schedule. Other than those interruptions identified in the Schedule,Contractor must notify Owner at least seven working days before the interruption of any utility or operating system,regardless of the area it services,so th4 Owner may notify the departments and personnel affected.The specific schedule for all interruptions in services t.. must be coordinated through an Owner's Representative and Owner's on-site plant operations personnel. §9.2.6 If Contractor reasonably believes that suspension of the Work is warranted by reason of unforeseen circumstances that could adversely affect the quality of the Work if the Work were continued,Contractor must immediately notify Owner and Architect and describe with particularity the reasons for its belief. Except as stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents or in an emergency,Contractor shall not suspend the or until it rec iv approval from Owner. §9.2.7 Unless otherwise noted or directed,Contractor shall perform all Work in accordanc w h product manufacturers'recommendations or directions. No preparatory step or installation procedure may be om' a unless specifically authorized by the Contract Documents or at the direction of Architect or Owner's Representa ve. Conflicts between manufacturers'directions shall be resolved by Architect. §9.3 LABOR AND MATERIALS §9.3.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,Contractor shall provide and pay for labor,materials, equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation, other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work whether temporary pe nent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. §9.3.2 Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among Contractor's emplo es d other persons carrying out the Work.Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons of killed in tasks assigned to them.Contractor shall: .1 Hire all personnel for the proper and diligent performance of the Work; AIA Document A107. - 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. to Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Alit' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) .2 Use its best efforts to maintain labor peace for the duration of the Project. §9.3.3 Contractor may make a substitution in accordance with the requirements in Section 01 25 00 of the Project Manual only with the consent of Owner,after evaluation by Architect and in accordance with a Modification. §9.3.4 Contractor and each of its Subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employ . applicant for employment on the basis of age,race,color,religion,sex,or national origin. §9.4 WARRANTY §9.4.1 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY Contractor warrants to Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under e will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise.Contrac g t r er warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free fro d ects,except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit.Work,mat rials,or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective.Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,alterations to the Work not executed by Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation or normal wear and tear under normal usage.If required y chitect o er, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence about the kind and quality of materials and a uip ent. §9.4.2 CORRECTION OF WORK lf,after ten days'notice,Contractor fails to proceed to cure any breach of warranty,Owne ma have the e cts corrected and Contractor and its surety shall be liable for all reasonable expenses incurred. In e'of an me ency in which,in the opinion of Owner or Architect,delay would cause serious loss or damage, rrective work may be undertaken without advance notice to Contractor,and Contractor and its surety shall remain liable for all expenses incurred. The remedies stated in this Section 9.4.2 are not exclusive,but are cumulative of any other Owner remedies. §9.4.3 THIRD-PARTY WARRANTIES .1 Contractor shall obtain from Subcontractors,manufacturers,and suppliers tt guarantees an warranties consistent with any requirements of the Contract Documents and in all events with the optimum terms and longest periods reasonably obtainable. The documentation must also include all maintenance and operational documentation required to sustain the warranties. .2 All guarantees or warranties of third parties furnished to Contractor or Subcontractor,including without limitation from any manufacturer or supplier,shall be deemed to run for the benefit of Owner. .3 Contractor shall deliver to Owner via Architect two bound volumes of all guarantees and warranties on materials,systems,and equipment furnished by all manufacturers and suppliers to Contractor and all its Subcontractors,with duly executed instruments properly assigning the guarantees and warranties to Owner. These guaranties and warranties in each bound volume shitll be grouped together by trade and properly indexed. Contractor shall assign to Owner,and stall deliver to Owner, _ all manufacturers' guaranties and warranties not later than the date of Substantial Completion. .4 Until Substantial Competition,Contractor shall perform and document all required maintenance of equipment and systems and maintain in force all warranties. §9.4.4 ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANTIES Contractor shall and does hereby assign to Owner all warranties and guarantees of all Subc tra ors of any tier but such assignment shall not relieve Contractor of its warranty obligations to Owner under these neral Conditions and other Contract Documents. §9.4.5 REMEDIES The remedies stated in this Section 9.4 are not exclusive,but are cumulative of any other Owner remedies. AIA Document A107s'- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 11 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800629 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §9.5 TAXES Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and other similar taxes that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. §9.6 PERMITS,FEES,NOTICES,AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS §9.6.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Owner shall file and pay for uilding permit,fees, licenses and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and comp tion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bid are received or negotiations concluded.Contractor shall(a)secure physical copies of all Project permits,a d(b)file and pay for all Project trade permits,including but not limited to electrical,plumbing,and mechanical trade permits. 1 §9.6.2 Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. If Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. §9.7 ALLOWANCES I 1 1 Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.Owner shall select materials and equipment under allowances with reasonable promptness.Allowance amounts shall include the costs to Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the Project site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts.Allowance amounts shall include Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor, ', . installation,overhead,and profit.Savings realized on an allowance shall be returned to Owner as a reduction lathe. .., Contract Sum. 'f §9.8 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES t §9.8.1 Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for Owner's and Architect's approval a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work in digital and hard copy formats.The schedules,, 1 n t exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents,shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required ', e conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents,and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work within the Contra •II e. §9.8.2 Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the most recent schedule submitted to Owner Architect. -`...., §9.8.3 Unless otherwise expressly agreed in the Contract Documents and without limiting the other provisions of this Section 9.8,Contractor's schedule(and all updated schedules)must: (1)utilize the calculated"critica ath method"logic of construction activities and sequence of operations;(2)begin with the date f c men m t a° r established in the Agreement and conclude with the date of final completion of the Project; 3) dentify a di me parts of the Work;and(4)clearly indicate the calculated critical path for completion of the ro ect. I I . r .1 The float or contingency time within the construction schedule belongs to 'e oject. Th float or contingency can be applied only upon prior notice to all parties and agreem nt to its appli ation. .2 Changes in the critical path schedule during the progress of the Project will lnot be approved unless the proposed revised schedule incorporates critical path logic and methodology and is in a form satisfactory to Owner. �,.--- .3 Contractor will promptly update schedules in hard-copy and digital formats:(a)wittily;(b)upon request;and(c)whenever a change occurs in the scope of the Work that impact a Project's critical path,consumes float or contingency time,or extends Work beyond a ate scheduled for Substantial Completion. §9.9 SUBMITTALS §9.9.1 Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents and submit to A,rc Shop Drawings, Product Data,Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in coordination with Contractor's.. construction schedule and in such sequence as to allow Architect reasonable time for review.By submitting Shop AIA Document A107a'- 2007. Copyright O 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 12 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.57838006241 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals,Contractor represents to Owner and Architect that Contractor has(1)reviewed and approved them;(2)determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so;and(3)checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. §9.9.2 Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. §9.10 USE OF SITE §9.10.1Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances, codes,rules and regulations,lawful orders of public authorities,and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. [ §9.10.2 Before commencement of the Work,Contractor shall review the Project site with Owner in detail and identify the area of the Work,staging areas,connections,or interfacing with existing structures,operations,and restrictions on the worksite. Contractor shall ensure that all forces on the Project site are instructed about the acceptable working and staging areas and restrictions on use of the construction site. Contractor,with ad ante consent of Owner,will erect such barriers and devices as are necessary to restrict access to the worksite t th approved areas and to prevent unauthorized access to non-Work areas. §9.10.3 Contractor and its Subcontractors shall receive prior written approval from Owner1befo re delive ng r storing any materials or tools on Owner's premises. Upon approval,materials and tools will be store do not hamper the operation of equipment or persons and do not present a fire or safety hazard. _ §9.10.4 If Contractor removes Owner's property,fixtures,materials,or other equipment to perform the Work, Contractor shall be responsible for the safekeeping of all such property,fixtures,materials,or other equipment, including without limitation ensuring that such items are not lost,damaged,or destroyed,and are returned to their „/ original location,reinstalled,replaced,or repaired,as necessary. r/�'" §9.10.5 When all or a portion of the Work is suspended for any reason,Contractor shall securely asten down 1 coverings and protect the Work,as necessary,from damage by any cause. §9.10.6 All signage intended to advertise or promote the names of Contractor,Subcontractors,or other con ors shall not be erected unless and until Contractor receives advance written approval from Owner. §9.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING `--1 §9.11.1 Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its " i parts fit together properly.All areas requiring cutting,fitting,and patching shall be restored the condition�xjsfing before the cutting,fitting,and patching,unless otherwise required by the Contract Docume ts.t V §9.11.2 Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially co pleted construction of Owner or separate contractors by cutting,patching,or otherwise altering such constructi n, r by excavation. Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by Owner or a separate contra or xcept with written consent of Owner and of such separate contractor;such consent shall not be unreasonably ithheld.Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from Owner or a separate contractor Contractor's consent to cu 'ng or otherwise altering the Work. §9.12 CLEANING UP §9.12.1 Contractor shall,each workday,keep the premises and surrounding area free from a. um ton of w—taie` materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work,Contractor shall remove waste materials,rubbish,Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus material from and about the Project.Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that Contractor and its Subcontractors continuously maintain a clean worksite free from waste materials,debris,rubbish,and smoke or other airborne contamination. Contractor will ensure that all access areas,such as ceiling tiles and access 'arils,are properly closed or sealed to prevent the transmission of contaminants. AIA Document A107°.- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA. Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 13 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ALA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §9.12.2 If Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,Owner may do so and Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from Contractor. §9.13 ROYALTIES,PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of intellectual property and shall defend and hold Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design,process or product of 4 particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings,Specifications or other documents prepared by Owner or Architect.However,if Cot actor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a p tent,Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to Owner and Arc tec §9.14 ACCESS TO WORK §9.14.1 Right to Access.Contractor shall provide Owner, Architect,and any third parties id tified by Owner access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. §9.14.2 Keys.Contractor is responsible for all keys issued to it or its Subcontractors for mechanical or other locked rooms. Keys will be obtained from Owner and may not be copied,transferred,or used for any kurpose other than prosecution of the Work. All keys will be returned to Owner at the conclusion of the Work and as a condftio precedent to final payment. If all keys are not returned and Owner determines,in its reasonable discretion,t rekey affected locks,Contractor will pay the cost of rekeying all affected locks. This remedy is not exclusive of an other remedy of Owner. The term"key"includes any device used to secure a room or areas in Owner's premises,whether by mechanical,electronic,or other means. I §9.15 INDEMNIFICATION §9.15.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law,Contractor shall indemnify,defend,and hold harmless Owner,its agents,and their respective employees for,from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys'and experts'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work,provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder.Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 9.15.1. §9.15.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 9.15 by an employee of Contractor,a ,,, Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts the ,may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 9.15.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount ofj type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or Subcontractor under workers'co pe>sation acts,disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. §9.15.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.15,Contractor is not required to inde ' Owner or its respective employees or agents for,from,or against liability for damage arising out of death r bodily injury to persons or damage to property caused in whole or in part by the negligence of Owner or its respective employees or agents,but Contractor is required to indemnify Owner and its employees and agents for,from,and-- against liability for damage arising out of death or bodily injury to persons or damage to property to the extent that the death or bodily injury to persons or damage to property arises out of the fault of Contractor,or the fault of•- -.._,4 Contractor's agents,representatives or Subcontractors of any tier. "-,,. ARTICLE 10 ARCHITECT // �`� §10.1 Architect will provide administration of the Contract and will be an Owner's represe>ita •' e during construction,until the date Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment.Architect will ha authority to act on '‘) behalf of Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents,unless otherwise ntodi ed in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. §10.2 Architect and its consultants will visit the Project site before the commencement of construction at intervals appropriate to the stage of the construction,or otherwise agreed with Owner,(1)to become familiar with the AIA Document 11107"- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Lau and International Treaties. 14 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JIM 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,(2)to guard Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work,and(3)to determine whether the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.Architect will not have control over,charge of,or responsibility for,the construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since thesF arc solely Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. !I §10.3 On the basis of the Project site visits,Architect will keep Owner reasonably informe about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and report to Owner(1)deviations and substitutions from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by Contractor,and(2)defects and deficiencies in the Work.Architect will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of Contractor,Subcontractors,or their agents tejployees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §10.4 Based on Architect's evaluations of the Work and of Contractor's Applications for P nt,Architect will review and certify the amounts due Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in s h ounts within seven working days after Architect's receipt of the Application for Payment. t { §10.5 Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Docum is and to require inspection or testing of the Work. §10.6 Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. §10.7 Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of,the C c Documents on written request of either Owner or Contractor.Architect will make initial decisions matt-Claim , disputes and other matters in question between Owner and Contractor but will not be liable forie ujts of any interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §10.8[Deleted] §10.9 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified or extended without written consent of Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. '`' ARTICLE 11 SUBCONTRACTORS W .}' §11.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a contract with Contractor to perform a portion of the Wo at the Project site. i §11.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements,Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall furnish in writing to Owner and Architect the flames of the Subcontractors or suppliers for each of the principal portions of the Work.Contractor shall contract with ally Subcontractor or supplier to whom Owner or Architect has made reasonable written objection within 10 days after receipt of Contractor's list of Subcontractors and suppliers.If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom Contractor has made reasonable objection.Failure of Owner to object to a Subcontractor does not imply approval of specific products or materials. §11.3 Contracts between Contractor and Subcontractors shall(1)require each Subcontractor,t the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities,including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work,which Contractor,by the Contract Documents,assumes toward Owner and Architect,and(2) AIA Document A107.- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 15 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) allow the Subcontractor the benefit of all rights,remedies and redress against Contractor that Contractor,by these Contract Documents,has against Owner. ARTICLE 12 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS §12.1 Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other cogs ction or operations on the Project site.If Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of sue action by Owner, Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Article 21. §12.2 Contractor shall afford Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate Contractor's activities with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. §12.3 Owner shall be reimbursed by Contractor for costs incurred by Owner which are payLbl�to a separate contractor because of delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction of Contract r.Owner shall be responsible to Contractor for costs incurred by Contractor because of delays,improperly tirctivities,damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. ARTICLE 13 CHANGES IN THE WORK §13.1 By appropriate Modification,changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract.All Modifications prepared under this Section 13.1 must be submitted to Owner no later than thirty days after Contractor identifies those conditions that necessitate the Modification at issue.Owner,without invalidating the Contract,may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions or other revisions,with the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.Such changes in the Work shall be authorized by written Change Order signed by Owner,Contractor and Architect,or by written Construction Change Directive signed by Owner and Architect. §13.2 Unless the parties agree on another method for determining the cost or credit,adjustments in the Contract S and Contract Time resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties or in the case of a Construction Change Directive signed only by Owner and Architect,by Contractor's cost of labor,; material,and equipment(the"Hard Costs")plus overhead and profit adjustments selected in accordance with the following terms and limitations: .1 For Work performed by Contractor's own forces,Contractor may claim no more than five percent of the Hard Costs. .2 For Work performed by a Subcontractor,Contractor may claim no more than five percent of the actual amount due to Subcontractor for the Hard Costs. .3 For Work performed by a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor,Subcontractor or Sub-subcon c r may claim no more than ten percent of its Hard Costs. .4 For Work performed by a Sub-subcontractor,its Subcontractor may claim a im p of no Tore than ten percent of the amount actually payable to Sub-subcontractor for the Hard C sts. .5 All cost proposals,except those so minor that their propriety can be readily 4ete ined,must be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs,including without limitatio th costs of labor, materials,subcontracts,and sub-subcontracts. Subcontractor costs exceeding$1,500 must be I similarly itemized. .6 All general conditions or general requirements costs of Contractor and all Subcontractors of any tier are to be included in the overhead and profit allowance stated in this section and may not be separately stated or recovered as Costs of the Work. .7 Contractor bears the burden of establishing the reasonableness of any proposed increase in the '•; 'i, Contract Sum or Contract Time. "; �+, Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive,Contract m y request payment for Work completed pursuant to the Construction Change Directive.Architect will make . int rim determination of the amount of payment due for purposes of certifying Contractor's monthly Application fo. Pa ent.When Owner and Contractor agree on adjustments to the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from : Construction ange ,. Directive,Architect will prepare a Change Order. AIA Document A107' - 2007. Copyright 0 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Me Document is protected by U.B. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 16 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §13.3 Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on Owner and Contractor.Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. §13.4 If Contractor encounters conditions at the Project site that are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature,that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,Contractor stall promptly provide notice to Owner and Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first " m observance of the conditions.Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of,or time regiir for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contrac Time,or both.If Architect determines that the conditions at the Project site are not materially different from tho a indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,Architect shall promptly notify Owner and Contractor in writing,stating the reasons.If either party disputes Architect's determination or recommendation,that party may proceed as provided in Article 21. §13.5 Before approval of a Change Order and upon request of Architect or Owner,Contractor Lill prod a pies of all bids or other proposals,including those from Subcontractors of any tier,related to the work propos t be performed under the Change Order. §13.6 Agreement on any Change Order shall constitute a final settlement of all matters rel ti 1g.to,the changes in the Work that is the subject of the Change Order,including without limitation all direct and indirect costs associated with such change and any and all adjustments to the Contract Sum and the construction schedule. ARTICLE 14 TIME -�'~ §14.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By execu I.'_the Agreem r 1 t Contractor confirms that the Contract Time,despite potential delays and interference from e ' i er,Architect,and third parties as stated in Section 3.1.1,is a reasonable period for performing the Work. §14.2 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustm-. allo d• the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. §14.3 The term"day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 14.4 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by Architect in accordance • ffir- § on .4. . ,/� 14.5 If Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or ro ress of the Work t of ne i e e of P g g Owner or Architect,or of an employee of either involved in the Project,or of a separate co tr emplo ed y Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work,or by occurrences beyond the control and with ut ault or eg igence of Contractor or its Subcontractors and that by the exercise of reasonable diligence Contractonable t p ent or provide against,including industry-wide labor disputes,fire,unusual and extended delas in deliveries, unavoidable casualties,adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipated,or other occtirrences that Owner determines may justify delay,then Contractor may obtain an extension of the Contract Time only upon satisfying the prerequisite conditions of(a)proceeding diligently with performance of the Contract and(b)presenting to Owner and Architect of written notice of the request for an extension of the Contract Time no latt than 21 working days after the occurrence of the event causing the delay.The Contract Time may under these circulustances be adjusted by Change Order for the additional time actually and directly caused by the unforeseen ccurrence.The extension will be net of any delays caused by or due to the fault or negligence of Contractor an will also be net of any contingency or"float"time allowance included in the Project Schedule.In the event delay in the Work are encountered for any reason,Owner and Contractor shall undertake reasonable steps to mitigate the effect of such delay. § 14.6 The Contract Time is set with reference to and knowledge of weather conditions usual to the area of the • . •- .1 Project.To justify an excused delay in the Contract Time,adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipated for AIA Document A107s' - 2007. Copyright © 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA' Document is protected by V.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 17 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA. Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.57838006241 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Motes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) purposes of Section 14.5 require the presence of abnormally severe or unsafe working conditions on the site that have a material,adverse effect on the scheduled Critical Path Work activities Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 21. §14.7 If the delay was caused by any public entity other than Owner and not caused by Owner,Contractor,a Subcontractor of any tier,Architect,or anyone acting on behalf of one or more of them,C for is entitled only to an increase in the Contract Time(but not a change in the Contract Sum). If the delay w c sed by Contractor,a Subcontractor of any tier,or anyone acting on behalf of one or more of them,Contractor is of ntitled to an increase in the Contract Time or Contract Sum.This Section 14.7 does not preclude recove o damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. j §14.8 Contractor shall not in any event be entitled to damages arising out of actual or alleged loss of efficiency; morale,fatigue,attitude,or labor rhythm;constructive acceleration;home office overhead;expectant under-run; trade stacking;reassignment of workers;concurrent operations;dilution of supervision;learning curve;beneficial or joint occupancy;logistics ripple;season change;extended overhead;profit upon damages for delay;impact damages;or similar damages. "' I ARTICLE 15 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ' ! §15.1 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT §15.1.1 Where the Contract is based on a Stipulated Sum or the Cost of the Work with a Guaranteed Maximum Price,Contractor shall submit to Owner and Architect,before or at the time of the first Application for Palyment,a schedule of values,allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work,frepared in sabh form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as Owner and Architect may requ ("Schedule of Values"). This Schedule of Value,unless objected to by Owner or Architect,shall be used in reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. §15.1.2[Deleted] §15.1.3 Payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably store at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by Owner,payment may similarly made for materials and equipment stored,and protected from damage,off the site at a location agreed upon in writing....j §15.1.4 Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to Ovv'.."-iierna later than the time of payment.Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from Owner shall,to the best of Contractor's knowledge,information and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims,security interests or other encumbrances adverse to Owner's interests. f §15.2 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT ""V §152.1 Architect will,within seven days after receipt of Contractor's Application for Pa en either iss e to Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to Contractor,for such amount as Architect determines is appropriate, or notify Contractor and Owner in writing of Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 15.2.3. §15.2.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by Architect to Owner,based on I Architect's evaluations of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment,that,to the best of Architect's knowledge,information and belief,the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are sub' t to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to sul subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior co pletion and to specific qualifications expressed by Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment w' 1 n be a representation `i that Architect has(1)made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality o quantity of the I Work,(2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,(3)rev ewed copies of , requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by Owner to substantiate Contractor's right to payment,or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. AIA Document A107f1- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 1 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA` Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §15.2.3 Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect Owner,if in Architect's opinion the representations to Owner required by Section 15.2.2 cannot be made.If Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,Architect will notify Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 15.2.1.If Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which Architect is able to make such representations to Owner. Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discove vidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be ne ssary in Architect's opinion to protect Owner from loss for which Contractor is responsible,including loss resu tin from acts and omissions described in Section 9.2.2,because of , .1 defective Work not remedied; __! .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless--- --«--- _.. security acceptable to Owner is provided by Contractor; .3 failure of Contractor or Subcontractor to make payments to Subcontractors r fjr labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to Owner or a separate contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contrac Ti a and th the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual damages for the antic' at delay;.1 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. .8 unsatisfactory work progress; .9 disputed Work,materials,or products,not to exceed one hundred fifty perce t o the amount in dispute; .10 failure to train personnel on the Project site in required safety procedures as required in the Contract Documents. §15.2.4 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. §15.2.5 If Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 15.2.3.3,Owner may,at its s, ption,iss e joint checks to Contractor and to any Subcontractor or material or equipment suppliers to Whom Contractor fai ed o make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered.If Owner makes pa e by joint check,Owner shall notify Architect and Architect will reflect such payment on the next Certificate for Payment. §15.2.6 If Contractor disputes any determination by Architect or Owner with regard to any Certificate of Payment or approval of payment,Contractor nevertheless shall expeditiously continue the Work. §15.3 PROGRESS PAYMENTS §15.3.1 Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor,no later than seven days after receipt of p `nt,the a o to which the Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments o ontractor n ac unt of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work.Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement wi e h Subcon ct r, require each Subcontractor to make payments to sub-subcontractors in similar manner. §15.3.2 Owner has the right to request written evidence from Contractor that Contractor ha properly paid Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers amounts paid by Owner to Contracto for subcontracted Work. If Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days,Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly paid.Neither Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law.O er may,at its sole discretion,however,make payments jointly to Contractor and a Subcontractor or supplier.O er will notify Contractor of such joint payments,and Owner will receive credit against the Contract Sum r tote joint payments. S t §15.3.3 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupan of a Project by Owner I i shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1 § 15.3.4 Contractor payments to material and equipment suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that . ` ! provided in Sections 15.3.1 and 15.3.2. AIA Document A107e' - 2007. Copyright e 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 19 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ADO Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) § 15.4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §15.4.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. .1 As part of the final Application for Payment,Contractor shall assemble for hitect's approval within 30 days of Substantial Completion three complete bound copies of allopdration,maintenance, and warranty data from all manufacturers whose equipment is installed in th Work.The fmal Certificate for Payment will not be issued by Architect until all warranties a d guaranties have been received and accepted by Owner. §15.4.2 When Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which Owner agree to cept separately,is substantially complete,Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owner and Architect a corn eh nsive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list do4s nGt alter the responsibility of Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §15.4.3 Upon receipt of Contractor's list,Owner and Architect will make an inspection to d ete ine whe ere Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.When Architect determines that a Work designated portion thereof is substantially complete,Architect will issue a Certificate of Subs tial Com letiion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion,establish responsibilities of Owner an Contras r fcr security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and fix the time vmithin which Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the C ntract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereo less otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. §15.4.4 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. §15.5 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT §15.5.1 Upon receipt of Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,Owner and Architect will promptly make such inspection and,when Owner and Architect find the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of Architect's knowledge, information and belief,and on the basis of Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents Contractor.Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions stated in Section 15.5.2 as precedent to Contractor's ; being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. §15.5.2 Final payment shall not become due until Contractor has delivered to Owner a co le release of all lie arising out of this Contract or receipts in full covering all labor,materials and equipment f w 'eh a lien foul' y filed,or a bond satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against such lien.If such lien re a. s unsatisfied after payments are made,Contractor shall refund to Owner all money that Owner may be comp le to pay in isc arging such lien,including costs and reasonable attorneys'fees. . §15.5.3 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by Owner except t arising from .1 liens,claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents and damages arising from nonconforming Work; .3 terms of warranties,maintenance bonds,or guarantees extending beyond final `om ion,required by or included in the Contract Documents;or \ .4 the correction remedy allowed by Article 18. §15.5.4 Acceptance of final payment by Contractor,a Subcontractor or material supplier shiill nstitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee a ettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ` 11211 Document A107' - 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 20 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) ARTICLE 16 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY §16.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS §16.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.Contractor acknowledges the unique safety risks associated with construction,deconstruction,repair,and reinstallation of School facilities in the presence of faculty, students,staff,and visitors. §16.1.2 This Contract incorporates by this reference any Owner's safety policies current as of the date of commencement of the Work,which have been or will be made available to Contractor.Co tractor,as a condition precedent to commencement of the Work,will instruct all personnel of Contractor and its bcontractors,before their performing any of the Work,of the elements of these policies with which the personnel will be required to comply.Notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract Documents,Contractor's(or any Subcontractor's) failure to perform adequate safety training is grounds for Owner's immediate suspension of the Work at Contractor's sole expense and may result in cancellation of this Agreement. U §16.1.3 In addition to the policies identified above,Contractor shall review with all Subcontractors the methods, materials,tools,and equipment to be used to verify their compliance with all safety stand s and laws and Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with them,to ensure safe,hazard-free con • ions for all persons visiting or working on the entire Project site and Owner's adjoining facilities. §16.1.4 Contractor will develop a fire response plan consistent with that of Owner,which will be strictly n rced by Contractor's project safety officer and Owner.Contractor will supply fire extinguishers in suffici ' e a °"—--"° quantity,distributed throughout the Project site,to maintain a safe working environment. §16.1.5 Contractor will ensure that all equipment furnished and installed is rated by Underwriters Laboratories or another method approved by the state testing laboratory or Owner,as appropriate. §16.1.6 Smoking is not permitted on Owner's property. 1 §16.1.7 Contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site,under care,custody or control of Contractor or Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub- subcontractors;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements, roadways,structures and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction. . Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordina4ces,codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons and property and their protec on from damage,injury or loss.Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to prope caused in wh le r in part by Contractor,a Subcontractor,a sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly a ployed by and of em, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which Contractor is responsible un er Sections 16.1.2 and 1 16.1.3,except for damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of Owner or Architect o anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,and not attributable to the fault or negligence of Contractor.The foregoing obligations of Contractor are in addition to Contractor's obligations under Section 9.15. §16.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS , §16.2.1 Contractor is responsible for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Docfimepts regarding Hazardous Materials as that term is defined under Section 16.2.7.With respect to Hazardo terials to be used during the course of the Work,Contractor will implement and enforce a program to invent ry d properly store and 1 ! secure all Hazardous Materials that may be used or present on the Project site,maintain av ila a for inspection at 1 the Project site all material safety data sheets,and comply with all regulations required by w or the storage,use, and disposal of Hazardous Materials.The program must provide for notification of all pers nne of potential chemical hazards.Review of these hazards must be included in Contractor's safety trainin rogram.Contractor ALA Document A107s'- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 21 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) must submit to Owner a list of all Hazardous Materials Contractor or its Subcontractors of any tier plan to bring onto Owner's property and the purpose for their use on the Project site. §16.2.2 In the event of a release or discovery of a preexisting release of Hazardous Materials,or if it is foreseeable that injury or death to persons may occur because of any material or substance(including without limitation Hazardous Materials)encountered on the Project site,Contractor shall immediately(1)stop the Work or the portion of the Work affected,(2)notify Owner and Architect orally and in writing,and(3)protect _ ;1st exposure of persons to the Hazardous Materials.Contractor shall provide all written warnings,notices, ep i i s,or postings required at law or by contract for the existence,use,release,or discovery of Hazardous M. eri.ls. §16.2.3 With respect to any Hazardous Materials or other material or substance reported to Owner under Section 16.2.2 that was not introduced to the Project site by Contractor or its Subcontractors of any tier,Owner shall obtain -• the services of a qualified environmental consultant to verify the presence or absence of thq material or substance reported by Contractor and,if the material or substance is found to be present,to verify it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,Owner shall furnish in writing to Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance and to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance. Contractor and Architect will promptly reply to Owner in writing stating whether either ha reasonable o "ec` 'on to the persons or entities proposed by Owner.If either Contractor or Architect has an objectioft to a person a ity proposed by Owner,Owner shall propose another to whom Contractor and Architect have no reasonable bj tion. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon wri en agreement of Owner and Contractor.By Change Order,the Contract Time may be extended appropriately an the Contract Sum may be increased in the amount of Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shutdown,delay,and start-up which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 13. § 16.2.4 With respect to any Hazardous Materials or other material or substance reported to Owner under Section 16.2.2 that was introduced to the Project site by Contractor or its Subcontractors of any tier,Contractor must(1). propose to Owner and Architect an acceptable environmental consultant,(2)obtain and pay for the services of the environmental consultant,and(3)verify that the material is rendered harmless,as otherwise set forth in Section 16.2.3.Contractor will not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Sum as stated in the last sentence of Section 16.2.3 if Contractor or its Subcontractors of any tier are responsible for the condition requiring the testing of the material and the stoppage of the Work.Remediation work must be conducted by properly qualified contractors approved in advance by Owner.Owner may at its option contract directly with environmental consultants,regardless of whether the work will be performed at Contractor's expense. §16.2.5 To the fullest extent permitted by law,Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses,and expenses, including but not limited to attorney fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact(1)the material or substance was not introduced to the Project site by Contractor or its Subcontractors 7-- of any tier,(2)the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section\l6 '.1, and(3)the material or substance has not been rendered harmless.No indemnification provilded by Owner under this Section 16.2.4 will be required to the extent of liability for death or bodily injury to person or damage to property caused in whole or in part by Contractor's own negligence.But indemnification is requiredto the extent of the fault of Owner or its agents or representatives. §16.2.6 To the fullest extent permitted by law,Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner,Owner's Representatives,and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorney fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in. fact the material or substance was introduced to the Project site by Contractor or its Subcontractors of any tier, presents the risk of bodily injury or death,and has not been rendered harmless. No indemnification provided Contractor under this Section 16.2.5 will be required to the extent of liability for death or bodily injury to persons or damage to property caused in whole or in part by Owner's own negligence.But indemnific do is required to the extent of the fault of Contractor or its agents or representatives. § 16.2.7 Hazardous Materials are any substance defined or designated as being radioactive,infectious,hazardous, dangerous,or toxic by any federal,state,or local statute,regulation,or ordinance presently in eFfect or subsequently enacted.For purposes of Sections 16.2.3 through 16.2.5,the term"introduce"means the physical placement or AIA Document A107. - 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 22 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) transportation of Hazardous Materials in or on the Project site regardless of whether the Hazardous Materials were specified,required,or otherwise addressed in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 17 INSURANCE AND BONDS §17.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE §17.1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS --- Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect Contractor from c:aims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's operations and completed operations under tais Agreement and for which this Agreement may be legally liable,whether such operations be by Contractor or by a Su"Gcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 Claims under workers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death of Contractor's employees; .3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of person other than Contractor's employees; .4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage and ercial general liability coverage(or its equivalent as approved in advance by Owner); .5 Claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury,death of a person or property amage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; .8 Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to Contractor's obligations under Section 9.15; .9 Claims for third-party injury and property damage(including without limitation cleanup c as a result of pollution conditions arising f r o m Contractor's operations or completed o p ons; : 1. .10 Claims involving Contractor's professional liability to the extent that Contra niece s . -sign r design-build responsibilities under this Agreement. 4r.- §17.1.2 CONTRACTOR PROVIDING INSURANCE Without waiver of any other requirement of this Section 17.1,Contractor will provide,pay for,and mainta • 11 force and effect at all times during the performance of the Work,without interruption until fmal acceptance of the o, Work or for such further duration as required,the following insurance issued by a responsible carrier. All of Contractor's insurance carriers shall be rated A VII or better by A.M.Best's rating service,unless otherwise approved by Owner. .1 Workers'Compensation. Contractor shall purchase and maintain worke 'c pensati cke sufficient to meet statutory liability limits. .2 Employer's Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain employer's is lity insur ce addition to its workers'compensation coverage with at least the minim 1' its below. .3 Commercial General Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain co ial general liability ("CGL")insurance on an occurrence basis,written on ISO Form CG 00 01 (12 04 or later)or an equivalent form approved in advance by Owner. CGL coverage shall include all major coverage categories,including bodily injury,property damage,and products/completed operations_ coverage maintained for at least six(6)years following final payment. T °CG,L.insurance mint also include the following: (1)separation of insured;(2)incidental medi al ilpractice;and (3)per-project aggregate for premises operations. .4 Professional Liability. To the extent that Contractor accepts design or de ign-build responsibilities,Contractor shall purchase and maintain professional lia lity/error-and-omissions insurance or cause those Subcontractors providing design services to do o. • AIA Document A107'- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA, Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 23 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) .5 Automobile Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance with coverage for owned,hired,and nonowned vehicles on ISO Form CA 00 01 or an equivalent form approved in advance by Owner. The automobile liability insurance shall include pollution liability coverage with vehicle overturn and collision. .6 Pollution Liability. Contractor shall purchase a contractors'pollution Hal). •' policy. Coverage shall include third-party claims for bodily injury,property damage,and nvi onmental damage resulting from pollution conditions caused during the performance of covered operations for both on-site and migrating from the job site. Such coverage shall include pollution conditions arising from covered operations including work performed by its Subcontractors and third-party claims against Contractor alleging improper supervision of its Subcontractors. .7 Commercial Umbrella/Excess Coverage. Contractor shall purchase or ma.nta,-n a commercial umbrella or excess liability policy to meet the minimum limits as described below in Section 17.1.3.Commercial umbrella/excess liability coverage will include:(1)"Pay on behalf of'wording;(2)concurrency of effective dates with primary coverage;(()punitive damages coverage(where not prohibited by law);(4)application of aggregate(where applicabld in primary coverage;(5)"care,custody,and control"coverage that follows the form for prim coverage;and(6)drop-down feature. Excess/umbrella coverage will be scheduled to the GL, employee's liability,and automobile liability policies. i §17.1.3 LIMITS The insurance required by Section 17.1 shall be written for at least the limits of liability specified in this section or required by law,whichever is greater. .1 Workers'Compensation. Statutory Limits .2 Employer's Liability. Each Accident: $1,000,000 ..<.....[.. Each Bodily Injury Disease: $1,000,000 Aggregate Bodily Injury Disease: $1,000,000 .3 CGL. Each Occurrence: $2,000,000 _, General Aggregate: $2,000,000 Product/Completed Operations: $2,000,000 Personal&Advertising Injury: $2,000,000 .4 Professional Liability. El Each Claim/Aggregate: $2,000,000 .5 Automobile Liability. Combined Single Limit: $2,000,000 .6 Pollution Liability. Single Limit: $1,000,000 Aggregate: $2,000,000 .7 Commercial Umbrella/Excess Coverage. Each Occurrence: $5,000,000 §17.1.4 ADDITIONAL INSUREDS Contractor's third-party liability insurance,except for workers'compensation,employer's li bib ,an professional liability insurance,shall include Owner and its officers,employees,agents,volunteers,partners,successors,and assigns as additional insureds. The insurance must extend premise operations and products/completed operations ALA Document A107''- 2007. Copyright O 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 24 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) coverage to the additional insureds.The additional insured endorsement for CGL insurance must be written on ISO Form CG 20 10(11 85)or the combination of CG 20 10(10 01)and CG 20 37(10 01),or their equivalent;but shall not use the following forms: CG 20 10(10 93)or CG 20 10(03 94). §17.1.5 JOINT VENTURE If Contractor is a joint venture,the joint venture shall be a named insured for the liability i nce of the joint venture members,which members'policies must comply with the requirements of this Sec on 7.1. §17.1.6 PRIMARY AND SEVERABILITY OF INTEREST COVERAGE Contractor's insurance identified in Section 17.1 shall be primary insurance coverage and ay not seek contribution from any insurance or self-insurance carried by Owner or Architect,including any property damage coverage carried by Owner. Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom a claim is made or suit is brought. Contractor's insurance shall not include any cross-suit exclusion or preclu additional insured party from asserting a claim as a third party. . §17.1.7 CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO MAINTAIN INSURANCE F-1 If Contractor for any reason fails to maintain the required insurance coverage,the failure shall be deemed-a material breach of this Agreement,and Owner,at its sole discretion,may suspend or terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 20.2. Owner may,but has no obligation to,purchase such required insurance and,without furthet notice to Contractor,may deduct from the Contract Sum any premium costs advanced by Owner for such insuranc . *lure to maintain the insurance coverage required by this Section 17.1 does not waive Contracto s obligations to Owner. §17.12 SUBCONTRACTOR INSURANCE I Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor to purchase and maintain in full force and effect the same insurance as specified for Contractor in this Section 17.1. Contractor will be responsible for the Subcontractors'coverage if the Subcontractors fail to purchase and maintain the required insurance. When requested by Owner,Contractor will./ 'I furnish copies of certificates of insurance establishing coverage for each Subcontractor. Owner may inlssole ..- discretion agree to adjust coverage limits or terms for a specific Subcontractor on the Project. .�-'". i _ §17.1.9 LIMITATIONS ON COVERAGE 1,_"<. .1 No insurance provided by Contractor under this Section 17.1 will be required to indemnify Owner,Architect,or their employees or agents to the extent of liability for death or boo iily injury to persons or damage to property caused in whole or in part by their own negligence,but will require indemnity to the extent of the fault of Contractor or its agents,representatives,or Subcontractors. � .2 The obligations of Contractor under this Section 17.1 shall not extend to he e ' i ilk-of�`' c •ect or its consultants for(1)the preparation or approval of maps,Drawings,o ' ions,rep'rts,V ( ) P P PP P P surveys,Change Orders,designs,or Specifications,or(2)the giving or fail a to give irections or instructions,to the extent that the directions,or failure to provide directions,are the au$e of the injury or damage. i 1 .3 By requiring insurance,Owner does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Contractor. Insurance in effect or procured by Contractor will not reduce or limit Contractor's contractual obligations to indemnify and defend Owner for and against claims or suits that result from or are connected with the performance of this Agreement. §17.1.10 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE Contractor shall supply to Owner certificates of insurance supplied by Owner for the ins ce scribed in this Section 17.1 prior to the commencement of the Work and before bringing any equipment o construction personnel onto the Project site. Certificates of insurance acceptable to Owner shall be filed with Owner prior to commencement of the Work.Contractor shall notify Owner in writing at least thirty(30)d4ys prior to any cancellation,lapse,or expiration of any insurance required by this Article 17. .1 Additional Certificates. To the extent that Contractor's insurance coveragies.are.required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available,Contractor shall deliver an additional AIA Document A1070- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA` Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 25 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 15.5. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the general aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with Contractor's information and belief. .2 Prohibition Until Certificates Received. Owner shall have the right,but n obligation,to prohibit Contractor and its Subcontractors from entering the Project site ti the required certificates(or other competent evidence that insurance has been obtain ' complete compliance with this Section 17.1)are received and approved by Owner .3 Deductibles/Self-Insured Retentions. Payment of deductibles or self-ins ed retentions is a Cost of the Work within the Contract Sum and does not justify a Change Order. Sat sfaction of all self- insured retentions or deductibles will be the sole responsibility of Con to §17.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Owner shall be responsible for maintaining Owner's usual liability insurance. I i i 1 §17.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE i §17.3.1 Unless otherwise provided,Owner shall maintain,in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located,property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum,plus the value of subsequent modifications and cost of materials supplied and installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the Project site on a replacement cost basis on a course-of-construction property insurance form or its equivalent.The property insurance shall be maintained,unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment has been made as provided in Section 15.5 or until no person or entity other than Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 17.3.1 to be covered,whichever is later.This insurance shall include interests of Owner,Contractor,Subcontractors and sub-subcontractors in the Project, ; i §17.3.1.1 The property insurance shall provide coverage equivalent to an"all-risk"policy firm and shall include, without limitation,insurance against the perils of fire(with extended coverage)and physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism,malicious mischief,collapse,earthquake,flood, windstorm,falsework,testing and startup,temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements,and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Earthquake,flood,and other specific coverages may have distinct sub-limits,deductibles or sub-deductibles. §17.3.1.2 The property insurance requires deductibles. For each claim,the deductible or de mt. es a' ice le,,ghall be satisfied as follows: }V .1 To the extent that the underlying loss occurred was not caused by the act r 'ssion o Contractor,its Subcontractor,or any person or entity for whom either or o of them responsible,Owner shall satisfy the deductible(s). .2 To the extent that the underlying loss was caused by the act or omission f C ntractor,i s Subcontractor,or any person or entity for whom either or both of them responsible,Contractor shall satisfy the deductible(s). ----�---- ------°°---•-----°--• .3 The parties will satisfy the applicable deductible(s)according to this section promptly and without delay to adjustment of the claim. If the cause of the underlying loss is disputed between Owner and Contractor,the parties shall nevertheless cooperate with adjustment of the insurance claim and continue the Work and the Project(including without limitation repairs,as pplicable)pending resolution of the dispute. The dispute shall be subject to the procedures f re "lution of claims in s. Article 21 of this Agreement,but either party may without prejudice to i po ition,claim,or defense pay the required deductible(s)and claim recovery of them from a propriate party. §17.3.1.3 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the Project si ,a,d also portions of the Work in transit. AIA Document A107m - 2007. Copyright O 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA'a Document is protected by V.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 26 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.57838006241 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JNW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JNW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §17.3.2 Owner shall file a copy of each policy with Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur.Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 30 days'prior written notice has been given to Contractor. §17.3.3 [Deleted] §17.3.4 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by Owner as agent for itself and all those whose interests are insured,or their assigns. Owner shall have the sole power to report,adjust bnd settle any loss with the insurers so long as it acts in good faith. Any covered loss shall be made payable to Owner for the insureds, as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause.Contractor shall pay -''_...., I Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by Contractor,and by appr ria�te written ---- agreements,shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their sub-subcontractors in similhr manner. §17.3.5 Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds received from the property insurance identified in this Section 17.3,which Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or as determined in accordance with the method of binding dispute resolution identified in Articl021.If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless Owner terminates the Contract for convenie ce,replacement of damaged property shall be performed by Contractor under a separate account established o ly r repair of the Work,separate from the Contract Sum. §17.3.6 Owner shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the s in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this powe ;if eb objection is made,the dispute shall be resolved in the manner identified in Article 21 as the method of •' ding dispute resolution .If Owner and Contractor have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution,Owner shall make settlement with insurers or,in the case of a dispute over distribution of insurance proceeds,in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators. .� §17.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND .� §17.4.1 Owner shall have the right to require Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically uir in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. --` §17.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract,Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. ARTICLE 18 CORRECTION OF WORK §18.1 Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by Owner,Architect,or any gove entaritablity or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether discovered bef e or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or completed.Costs of correcting such ejected Work incling additional testing and inspections,the cost of uncovering and replacement,and compensati n for Owner's and' Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at Contractor's expens unf ess comp sale under Section A.2.7.3 in Exhibit A,Determination of the Cost of the Work. §18.2 In addition to Contractor's obligations under Section 9.4,if,within one year after th date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 15.4.3,or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner to do so unless Owner has previously given Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the Oondition.During the one-year period for correction of Work,if Owner fails to notify Contractor and give Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,Owner waives the rights to require correction by Contractor. 1 r i §18.3 If Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time,Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 8.3. t AIA Document A107.- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 2,' Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §18.4 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. §18.5 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by Contractor pursuant to this Article 18. §18.6 Notwithstanding Contractor's responsibilities and obligations under this Article 18,Con actor will not perform corrective tasks that impact,alter or destroy evidence related to Owner's potential claims against parties related to the original construction of the School. ARTICLE 19 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §19.1 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract without written consent of the other,L cept that Owner may, without consent of Contractor,assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financmg'for the Project if the lender assumes Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.Contractor$ta1il execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. §19.2 GOVERNING LAW 1 3 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located,without regard to coneflic of- laws principles. F §19.3 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Tests,inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities shall be made at an appropriate time.Unless otherwise provided,Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals by public agencies or by independent testing laboratories as may be required by Owner or permitting w,.--, jurisdiction.Owner shall retain and pay for any private inspectors or testing laboratories that are required. T co is of such private inspections and tests shall not be included in the Contract Sum. Contractor shall forward to Architect and Owner copies of all inspections,results,test results,orders,permits,and other directives or correspondence received by Contractor from any inspector,testing laboratory,or agency with jurisdiction ver the Work.Contractor shall give Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so tha Owner and Architect may be present for such procedures.Owner shall bear costs of(1)tests,inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded,and(2)tests, inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit Owner from delegating the costs to Contractor. §19.4 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action,whether in contras to breach o w anty or otherwise,against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with t e r quirement of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the period specified by appli ble law, tin any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work.Owner aid ontractor aive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 19.4. _____ §19.5 Contact with Students. "Unsupervised contact"with students means contact that provides the person opportunity and probability for personal communication or touch with students when not under direct District supervision. As required by ORS 326.603,Contractor shall ensure that its officers,employees,agents,and any subcontractors of any tier(collectively,"Personnel")will have no direct,unsupervised contact with students while on District property. To the extent permitted by applicable law,Contractor authorizes Distri to o tans information_ `, about Contractor and its history and to conduct a criminal background check,including fin rp ' ring,of any , Contractor employees or Personnel who may have unsupervised contact with students. To a xtent permitted by ' applicable law,Contractor shall cause its employees to authorize District to conduct these background checks. Contractor shall pay all fees assessed by Oregon Department of Education for processing the background check. District may deduct the cost of such fees from a progress or final payment to Contractor under this Agreement, unless Contractor elects to pay such fees directly. I AIA Document A107s - 2007. Copyright O 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA° Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 2V Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §19.6 Services Performed on District Property. Contractor's employees and other Personnel performing Services on District property shall carry photo identification and shall present such to anyone on request. If such identification cannot be produced by Contractor,or it is not acceptable to District,District may provide at its sole discretion such identification tags to Contractor's employees and other Personnel. Contractor shall bear the entire cost of producing and assigning such identification. If Contractor or Personnel do not have specific uniforms for employees,then Contractor or Personnel shall provide identification tags as described above,or any other nism District in its sole discretion determines is required to easily identify Contractor employees and other Pe o el. §19.7 Sign-in Required. As required by schools and other District locations,each day Con ct is employees and other Personnel are on District property,those employees shall sign into the location's mai o ice to receive an identification/visitors tag. Contractor's employees and other Personnel shall display this to on their person at all times while on District property. I §19.8 No Smoking or Drugs. All District properties are tobacco-free zones;Contractor and ersonnel are prohibited from using any tobacco product on District property at occupied facilities. All District properties are drug-free zones and enforced by the Portland Police Bureau. §19.9 No Weapons or Firearms. Except as provided by Oregon statutes and District policy, all District prcperties are weapons-and firearms-free zones;Contractor and Personnel are prohibited from possessing on its person or in its vehicles any weapons or firearms while on District's property. §19.10 Confidentiality. As required by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act,20 USC 1232(g)("FERPA") and ORS 326.565,Contractor and Personnel shall not disclose any information or records regarding students or their families that Contractor or Personnel may learn or obtain in the course and scope of its performance of this Agreement. The parties recognize that FERPA imposes strict penalties for improper disclosure or re-disclosure of confidential student information,including but not limited to denial of access to personally identifiable infion from education records,for at least five years(34 CFR 99.33(e)). Therefore,consistent with FERPA's requirements,personally identifiable information obtained by Contractor's employees or other Personnel in-tliel performance of this Agreement may not be re-disclosed to third parties without the written consent of the stud t' parent/guardian and must be used only for the purposes identified in this Agreement. ARTICLE 20 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT §20.1 TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR If Architect fails to certify payment as provided in Section 15.2.1 for a period of 30 days through no fault of Contractor,or if Owner fails to make payment as provided in Section 4.1.3 for a period of 30 days,Contractor may, upon seven additional days'written notice to Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and.recover from Owner payment for Work executed,including reasonable overhead and profit,costs incurred by relon of such to inat and damages. / §20.2 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CAUSE §20.2.1 Owner may terminate the Contract if Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective �� agreements between Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations or lawful orders of a public authority; .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents;or .5 fails to observe the training,safety,and other precautions required in Article 16,including Owner'..s '•, policies identified or incorporated in Article 16 and Contractor's own safety lici for the Project. ''-..\ 1 §20.2.2 When any of the above reasons exists,Owner,upon certification by Architect that ff ient cause exists to justify such action,may,without prejudice to any other remedy Owner may have and after" ivi g Contractor seven days'written notice,terminate the Contract and take possession of the Project site and of a m terials,equipment, tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by Contractor and may fi ish the Worlc..hy..„�..,......__ whatever reasonable method Owner may deem expedient.Upon request of Contractor,Owner shall furnish to Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by Owner in finishing the Work. AIA Document A107" - 2007. Copyright 0 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This ALA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, 29 and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §20.2.3 When Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 20.2.1,Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. §20.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,including compensation for Owner's and Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to Contractor.If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner.The amount to be paid to Contractor or Owner,as the case may be, shall be certified by Architect,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. §20.2.5 If termination for cause is determined later to have been wrongful or without justification,then the termination will be considered to have been termination for convenience. §20.3 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE §20.3.1 Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for Owner's convenience and without cause.Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed,and costs incurred by reason of such to ination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work executed.No profit will be allowed if Contrac r ould hav su fined a loss on the entire Contract had it been completed. §20.3.2 Owner may terminate a portion of the Work for Owner's convenience and without tcau e,in which case the provisions of this Section 20.3 shall apply only to the portion of the Work terminated and Contractor shall continue with performance of the remaining Work that is not terminated. ARTICLE 21 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES §21.1 Claims,disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to this Contract,including those alleging an error or omission by Architect but excluding those arising under Section 16.2,shall be referred initially to Architect for decision. Such matters,except those waived as provided for in Section 21.8 and Sections 15.5.3 and 15.5.4,shall,after initial decision by Architect or 30 days after submission of the matter to Architect,be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. §21.2 [Deleted] §21.3 The parties may endeavor to resolve their disputes by mediation. §21.4 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement,any claimshall be subject to arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be arbitrated pursuant to the rules of the Arbitration Service of Portland,Inc.,currently in effect,or such other rules to which the parties may agree.Demand for arbitration shall be made in writing,delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration.The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shalt be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court havinif jurisdiction thereof. §21.5 Either party,at its sole discretion,may consolidate an arbitration conducted under dugs Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1)the arbitrations to be consolidated ubstantiallyinjvolve .._ l common questions of law or fact;and(2)the arbitrations employ materially similar procediwal rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). §21.6 Any party to an arbitration may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder.Consent to arbitration involving an addifigir person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described in the written Consent. §21.7 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additi na person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable a in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §21.8 [Deleted] AIA Document A107m- 2007. Copyright O 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 30 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) ARTICLE 22 PUBLIC CONTRACTING CODE PROVISIONS §22.1.1 ORS 279A.110(Non-discrimination Certification): Contractor shall certify that Contractor has not discriminated and will not discriminate against a Subcontractor in the awarding of a subcontract because the Subcontractor is a minority,women,or emerging small business enterprise certified under ORS 200.055. §22.1.2 ORS 279C.380(Performance and Payment Bonds): Unless exempted by Owner in writing pursuant to Owner's local public contracting rules,prior to starting work under this Contract,Contract or its Subcontractor shall execute and deliver to Owner a good and sufficient performance bond,in a form acc table to Owner,in a sum equal to 100%of the construction portion of the Contract Price,and Contractor or its Subc ntractor shall execute�' 1 and deliver to Owner a good and sufficient payment bond,in a form acceptable to Owner, •' a m equal to 100%o€ the construction portion of the Contract Price,solely for the protection of claimants under R 279C.600. §22.1.3 ORS 279C.505(Prompt Pay Requirement,Liens,Taxes,and Drug Testing): ontractor shall make payment promptly,as due,to all persons supplying to such Contractor labor or material for he performance of the Work provided for in such Contract;pay all contributions or amounts due the Industrial Ac ident Fund from such Contractor or Subcontractor incurred in the performance of the Contract;not permit any li o claim to be filed or prosecuted against the state or a county,school district,municipality,municipal corporatio or ubdivision thereof, on account of any labor or material furnished;and pay to the Department of Revenue all s s ithheld from employees pursuant to ORS 316.167.Contractor shall further demonstrate that an employe g testing program is in place. i §22.1.4 ORS 279C.510(Recycling/Composting): If this Contract includes demolition w k,Contractor shall salvage or recycle construction and demolition debris,if feasible and cost-effective.If this Contract includes lawn or landscape maintenance,Contractor shall compost or mulch yard waste material at an approved site,if feasible and cost-effective. j 1 §22.1.5 ORS 279C.515(Failure to Pay Promptly): If Contractor fails,neglects,or refuses to make prompt,- payment of any Claim for labor or services furnished to Contractor or a Subcontractor by any person in connedio with this Contract as such Claim becomes due,Owner may pay such Claim to the person furnishing the labor or services and charge the amount of the payment against funds due or to become due Contractor by reason of till Contract.The payment of a Claim in the manner authorized in this section shall not relieve Contractor or Contractor's surety from any obligation with respect to any unpaid Claims.Unless the payment is subject to a good- faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580,if Contractor or any first-tier Subcontractor fails to pay any Claim for , materials or labor furnished under this Contract within 30 days after being paid by Owner,interest shall be due on such claim as specified in ORS 279C.515(2)at the end of the 10-day period that payment is due r ORS 279C.580(4).A person with any such unpaid Claim may file a complaint with the Con ction Contractor's,: Board unless the complaint is subject to a good-faith dispute as defined in ORS 279C.580. §22.1.6 ORS 279C.520 and 279C.540(Hours of Labor,Holidays,and Overtime): Exc pt otherwisl provided in an applicable collective bargaining agreement with a labor organization,Contractor shal no employ and shall require that its Subcontractors not employ any person to perform construction work for mo e than ten hours in any one day,or 40 hours in any one week,except in cases of necessity,emergency,or where th public policy]absolutely requires it,and in such cases,except in cases of Contracts for personal services as defined• ORS 279A.055,the I laborer shall be paid at least time and a half pay: .1 For all overtime in excess of eight hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when the work week is five consecutive days,Monday through Friday;and .2 For all overtime in excess of ten hours a day or 40 hours in any one week when work week is four consecutive days,Monday through Friday;and .3 For work performed on Saturday and on any legal holiday specified in any a lic le collective bargaining agreement or ORS 279C.540(1)(b). The requirement to pay at least time and a half for all overtime worked in ex ess of 40 hours in any one week shall not apply to individuals who are excluded under ORS 653.01 to 653.261 or under 29 U.S.C. Section 201 to 209 from receiving overtime.Contractor shall and hall require its Subcontractors to give notice in writing to their employees who work under this Contract,either at the time of hire or before commencement of Work on the Contract,or by posting a notice in a location MA Document A107m- 2007. Copyright 0 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 31 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624_1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JNW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JNW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) frequented by employees,of the number of hours per day and days per week that the employees may be required to work. §22.1.7 ORS 279C.525(Notice of Environmental Regulations): State law requires that solicitation documents for a public improvement contract make specific reference to federal,state,and local agencies that have enacted ordinances,rules,or regulations dealing with the prevention of environmental pollution or a reservation of natural resources that may affect the performance of this Contract.These agencies include, ut a not limited to: .1 Federal Agencies: Department of Agriculture,Forest Service,Soil and Wat r C reservation Service, Coast Guard,Department of Defense,Army Corps of Engineers,Departmen of mergency,Federal Energy Regulatory Commission,Environmental Protection Agency,Depa ent of Health and Human Services,Department of Housing and Urban Development,Solar En r and Energy Conservation Bank,Department of Interior,Bureau of Land Management, geu of Indian Affairs, Bureau of Mines,Bureau of Reclamation,Geological Survey,Minerals Man ge ent Service,U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,Department of Labor,Mine Safety and Health Administration, Occupational Safety and Health Administration,Department of Transportation,Federal Highway Administration,Water Resources Council. .2 State Agencies: Department of Administrative Services,Department of Ag 'cule,Soil aid Water Conservation Commission,Columbia River Gorge Commission,Departmen of Energy,D pa ment of Environmental Quality,Department of Fish and Wildlife,Department of orestry,Department of Geology and Mineral Industries,Department of Human Resources,Department of Consumer and Business Services,Land Conservation and Development Commission,Department of Parks and Recreation,Division of State Lands,Department of Water Resources. .3 Local Agencies:City councils,county courts,county boards of commissioners,metropolitan service district councils,design commissions,historic preservation commissions,planning commissions, development review commissions,special district boards of directors,and other special districts and special governmental agencies such as Tri-Met,urban renewal agencies,and Port Districts. .4 Tribal Governments. §22.1.8 ORS 279C.530(Payment for Medical Care and Workers'Compensation): Contractor�shall promptly, as due,make payments to any person,co-partnership,association,or corporation furnishing medical,surgical,and hospital care or other needed care and attention,incident to sickness or injury,to the employees of such Contractor, of all sums which Contractor agrees to pay for such services and all moneys and sums which Contractor collected or deducted from the wages of employees pursuant to any law,contract,or agreement for the purpose of providing or paying for such service.All employers,including Contractor,that employ subject workers who work under this Contract in the State of Oregon shall comply with ORS 656.017 and provide the required workers'compensation coverage,unless such employers are exempt under ORS 656.126.Contractor shall ensure that each of its Subcontractors complies with these requirements. 22.1.9 ORS 279C.545(Time Limitations on Claims for Overtime): Construction wor rs m to ed § ( P Y y Contractor or its Subcontractor shall be foreclosed from the right to collect for any overtim 1 s er this C r u tra unless a claim for payment is filed with Contractor or Subcontractor within 90 days from c mpletion I f Contract,providing Contractor or Subcontractor has: .1 Caused a circular clearly printed in blackface pica type and containing a cop o■this sectio, to .- posted in a prominent place alongside the door of the timekeeper's office or a similar place which is readily available and freely visible to any or all workers employed on the W ,and .2 Maintained such circular continuously posted from the inception to the completion of the Contract on which workers are or have been employed. CID AIA Document A107. - 2007. Copyright C 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This ALA° Document is protected by U.B. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 32 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) §22.1.10 ORS 279C.580(3)(Prompt Payment of First-Tier Subcontractors): Contractor shall include in each subcontract for property or services with a first-tier Subcontractor a clause that obligates Contractor to pay the first- tier Subcontractor for satisfactory performance under its subcontract within ten days out of such amounts as are paid to Contractor by Owner.Contractor shall also include in each subcontract a clause that states that if Contractor fails to pay any claim for materials or labor furnished under this Contract within 30 days after being paid by Owner, interest shall be due on such claim as specified in ORS 279C.515(2)at the end of the ten-day period that payment is due under ORS 279C.580(3).Contractor shall require each first-tier Subcontractor to include a payment clause and interest clause conforming to the requirements of ORS 279C.580 in each of its subcontracts,and to require each of its Subcontractors to include a similar clause in each contract with a lower-tiered subcontractorlor supplier. §22.1.11 ORS 279C.605(Notice of Claim on Bond): Any person claiming a right of acti n under ORS 279C.600 must file a notice of claim as provided in ORS 279C.605. §22.1.12 ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870(Payment of Prevailing Wage Required): .1 The hourly rate of wage to be paid by Contractor or any Subcontractor to workers in each trade or occupation required for the public works employed in the performance of this Contract shall not be less than the specified minimum rate of wage in accordance with ORS 279C.835 and ORS I219p.840 for each trade or occupation as defined by the Commissioner of the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries in the applicable publication entitled Definitions of Covered Occupations for Public Works Contracts in Oregon available at http://www.boli.state.or.us/BOLI/WHD/PWR/pwr_state.shtml. . .2 The latest prevailing wage rates for public works contracts in Oregon are co tairied in the following publications:The[January 1,2013]Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Work Prdjects in Oregon,and the[January 1,2013]PWR Apprenticeship Rates. Such publications can be eviewed electronically at http://www.boli.state.or.us/BOLI/WHD/PWR/pwrstate.shtml and are hereby incorporated as part of the Contract Documents. .3 Contractor and all Subcontractors shall keep the prevailing wage rates for this Project posted in a conspicuous and accessible place in or about the Project. .4 Owner shall pay a fee to the Commissioner of the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries as provided in ORS 279C.825.The fee shall be paid to the Commissioner under the admtistrative rule of the Commissioner. 11, .5 If Contractor or any Subcontractor also provides for or contributes to a healt_i'and welfare plan or a pension plan,or both,for its employees on the Project,it shall post notice describing such plans m conspicuous and accessible place in or about the Project.The notice shall contain information ow and where to make claims and where to obtain future information. §22.1.13 ORS 279C.836(Public Works Bond Required): Contractor shall: .1 File a public works bond with the Construction Contractors Board pursuant to ORS 279C.83g befor starting work on the Project,unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(2)(7)or(8);and .2 Include in every subcontract a provision requiring the Subcontractor to file a public works bon wi the Construction Contractors Board pursuant to ORS 279C.836 before starting work on the Proj t, unless exempt under ORS 279C.836(2)(7)or(8). §22.1.14 ORS 279C.845(Prevailing Wage Certification;Additional Retainage): .1 Contractor and every Subcontractor shall file certified statements with Own LI writing in the form prescribed by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Labor and Industries,certg the hourly rate of wage paid each worker whom Contractor or Subcontractor has employed upon such public work,and further certifying that no worker employed upon such public work has been paid less than the prevailing rate of wage or less than the minimum hourly rate of wage specified' the Contract,which certificate and statement shall be verified by the oath of Contractor or Contrac is surety or Subcontractor or Subcontractor's surety that Contractor and any Subcontract ha read such statement and certificate and knows the contents thereof,and that the same i tru to Contractor or Subcontractor's knowledge.The certified statements shall set out accurately d ompletely the payroll records for the prior week including the name and address of each w rk ,the worker's correct classification,rate of pay,daily and weekly number of hours works de uctions made,and actual wages paid. .2 The certified statement shall be delivered or mailed by Contractor or Subcontractor to Owner. Certified statements for each week during which Contractor or Subcontractor employs a worker upon ALA Document A107m- 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 33 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) the public work shall be submitted once a month,by the fifth business day of the following month. Information submitted on certified statements may be used only to ensure compliance with the provisions of ORS 279C.800 to 279C.870.Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract and in addition to any other retainage required under this Contract,Owner shall retain 25%of any amount earned by Contractor until Contractor has filed the certified statements with Owner as required by this Section.Owner will pay the retainage required under this Section within 14 days after Contractor files the certified statements required by this Section. .3 Contractor and each Subcontractor shall preserve the certified statements for a period of three years from the date of completion of the Contract. I §22.1.15 ORS 671.560,701.026(Landscape/Construction Contractors License Required): 4�ntfaotoc is R performing work as a landscape contractor as defined in ORS 671.520(2),Contractor must hav a current,valid landscape contractor's license issued under ORS 671.560.If Contractor is performing work as Contractor as defined in ORS 701.005(2),Contractor must have a current,valid construction contractor's lic se issued under ORS 701.026.Contractor shall further certify that all Subcontractors performing Work desci=ibed in ORS 701.005(2) are registered with the Construction Contractors Board or licensed by the State Landscaping Cqntractor's Board as required by the above-noted statutes before they commence Work under this Contract.Contractor shall maintain in effect all licenses,permits,and certifications required for the performance of the Work.Contractor shall notify Owner immediately if any license,permit,or certification required for performance of this Contract shall cease to be in effect for any reason. II §22.1.16 Applicable Federal Statutes: Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 regarding the verification of employment eligibility.In addition,Contractor expressly agrees to comply with the following:Workers'Compensation Laws(ORS Chapter 656);Wages,Hours and Records Laws (ORS Chapter 652);Conditions of Employment Laws(ORS Chapter 653);Safety and Health Regulations (ORS Chapter 654);and Unemployment Insurance(ORS Chapter 657);all regulations and administrative rule established pursuant to the forgoing laws;and all other applicable requirements of federal and state civil rights and rehabilitation statutes,rules,and regulations,including without limitation(a)Titles VI and VII of the Civil t• •is Act of 1964,as amended,which prohibits discrimination on the basis of race,color,or nati origin; ° Sec.on 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended;(c)the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, : amended;(d)the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996;(e)the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967,as amended and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975,as amended;(1)Discrimination against disabled persons(ORS)659A.142),(g)the Drug Abuse Office and Treatment Act of 1972(Pl.92.255)as amended,relating to nondiscrimination on the basis of drug abuse;(h)the Comprehensive Alcohol and Alcoholism Prevention,Treatment and Rehabilitation Act of 1970(P.L.91.6160)as amended,relating to nondiscrimination on the basis of alcohol abuse or alcoholism;(i)Sections 523 and 527 of the Public Health Service 6.ct of.1.9.12(42 U.S.C.290 dd.3 and 290 ee-34),as amended,relating to confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse patient records; (j)Title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968(42 U.S.C.3601 et seq.),as amended,relating to nondiscrlminatio m the sale,rental,or financing of housing;(k)any other nondiscrimination provisions in the specific statutes) der which application for Federal assistance is being made;and(1)the requirements of any oth4r nondiscrimiratio statute(s)which may apply to the application.Contractor shall comply with the provisions bf the Hatch Mt( U.S. 1501-1508 and 7234-7328)which limit the political activities of employees whose principal einployment scti ities are funded in whole or part with federal funds. i f t i 4 i AIA Document A107m - 2007. Copyright ® 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA° Document is protected by D.B. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 34 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ALA° Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033) This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. TIGARD-TUALATIN SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 23J OWNER(Signature) CONTRACTOR(Signature) « »« » « »o » (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title) C< C 111....._H' i .„,,,,, ___________, , . , ., i ii: '.1_.\..1 i AIA Document A107m - 2007. Copyright 0 1936, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. 35 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA. Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 12:04:10 on 03/05/2013 under Order No.5783800624 1 which expires on 01/30/2014, and is not for resale. User Notes: Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1)Tigard-Tualatin School District 23J - Alberta Rider Elementary School (JMW 03-15-13) 003(1) (1347175033)